Toro Lawn Mower 2300 D User Manual

Part No. 96876SL Rev. A  
Service Manual  
ReelmasterR 2300–D/2600–D  
Preface  
The purpose of this publication is to provide the service  
technician with information for troubleshooting, testing,  
and repair of major systems and components on the  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D.  
This safety symbol means DANGER, WARN-  
ING, or CAUTION, PERSONAL SAFETY  
INSTRUCTION. When you see this symbol,  
carefully read the instructions that follow.  
Failure to obey the instructions may result in  
personal injury.  
REFER TO THE TRACTION UNIT AND CUTTING  
UNIT OPERATOR’S MANUALS FOR OPERATING,  
MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT INSTRUC-  
TIONS. Space is provided in Chapter 2 of this book to  
insert the Operator’s Manuals and Parts Catalogs for  
your machine. Replacement Operator’s Manuals are  
available by sending complete Model and Serial Num-  
ber to:  
NOTE: A NOTE will give general information about the  
correct operation, maintenance, service, testing, or re-  
pair of the machine.  
The Toro Company  
8111 Lyndale Avenue South  
Minneapolis, MN 55420  
IMPORTANT: The IMPORTANT notice will give im-  
portant instructions which must be followed to pre-  
vent damage to systems or components on the  
machine.  
The Toro Company reserves the right to change product  
specifications or this publication without notice.  
E The Toro Company – 1996, 1998  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table Of Contents  
Chapter 1 – Safety  
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 – 16  
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 – 17  
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 – 19  
Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 – 34  
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 – 37  
Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 – 1  
Safety and Instruction Decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 – 4  
Chapter 2 – Product Records and Manuals  
Chapter 5 – Electrical System  
Product Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 – 1  
Equivalents and Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 – 2  
Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 – 3  
Maintenance Interval Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 – 4  
Operation and Service History Report . . . . . . . . . 2 – 5  
Wiring Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 – 2  
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 – 9  
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 – 10  
Electrical System Quick Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 – 15  
Component Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 – 17  
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 – 27  
Chapter 3 – Engine  
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 – 2  
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 – 3  
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 – 4  
Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 – 7  
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 – 9  
Perkins 100 Series Workshop Manual  
Chapter 6 – Wheels and Brakes  
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 – 2  
Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 – 3  
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 – 4  
Chapter 7 – Cutting Units  
Chapter 4 – Hydraulic System  
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 – 2  
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 – 3  
Trouble Shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 – 5  
Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 – 7  
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 – 11  
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 – 2  
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 – 3  
Hydraulic Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 – 7  
Hydraulic Flow Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 – 8  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
This page is blank.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 1  
Safety  
Table of Contents  
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1  
Before Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1  
While Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
Maintenance and Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
SAFETY AND INSTRUCTION DECALS . . . . . . . . . . 4  
Safety Instructions  
The REELMASTER 2300–D/2600–D conforms to the  
American National Standards Institute’s (ANSI) safety  
standards for riding mowers when equipped with rear  
ballast (see Operator’s Manual). Although hazard con-  
trol and accident prevention are partially dependent  
upon the design and configuration of the machine, these  
factors are also dependent upon the awareness, con-  
cern, and proper training of the personnel involved in the  
operation, transport, maintenance, and storage of the  
machine. Improper use or maintenance of the machine  
can result in injury or death.  
WARNING  
To reduce the potential for injury or death,  
comply with the following safety instruc-  
tions.  
Before Operating  
Improper use or maintenance by the operator or owner  
of the machine can result in injury. Reduce the potential  
for any injury by complying with the following safety in-  
structions.  
UsetheModelandSerialNumberwhenreferringtoyour  
machine. If you have questions about this Service  
Manual, please contact:  
The Toro Company  
Commercial Service Department  
8111 Lyndale Avenue South  
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55420–1196  
WARNING  
The engine exhaust contains carbon  
monoxide, which is an odorless and  
deadly poison. Carbon monoxide is also  
known to the state of California to cause  
birth defects. Do not run engine indoors  
or in an enclosed area.  
2. Only trained operators, skilled in slope operation  
and who have read the Operator’s Manual, should oper-  
ate the machine. Never allow children to operate the  
machine or adults to operate it without proper instruc-  
tions.  
3. IMPORTANT: Always use proper rear ballast as  
specified in the operator’s manual (see Rear Ballast of  
the Operator’s Manual).  
1. Read and understand the contents of the traction  
unit and cutting unit operator’s manuals before operat-  
ing the machine. To get replacement manuals, send  
complete model and serial number to:  
4. Become familiar with the controls and know how to  
stop the machine and engine quickly.  
The Toro Company  
8111 Lyndale Avenue South  
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55420–1196  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Safety  
Page 1 – 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Do not carry passengers on the machine. Keep ev-  
eryone, especially children and pets, away from the ar-  
eas of operation.  
9. Make sure the work area is clear of objects which  
might be picked up and thrown by the reels.  
10. Fill the fuel tank with diesel fuel before starting the  
engine. Avoid spilling any fuel. Since fuel is highly flam-  
mable, handle it carefully.  
6. Keep all shields, safety devices and decals in place.  
lf a shield, safety device or decal is damaged, malfunc-  
tioning or illegible, repair or replace it before operating  
the machine.  
A. Use an approved fuel container.  
B. Do not remove the cap from the fuel tank when  
engine is hot or running.  
7. Always wear substantial shoes. Do not operate ma-  
chine while wearing sandals, tennis shoes or sneakers.  
Do not wear loose fitting clothing because it could get  
caught in moving parts and possibly cause personal in-  
jury.  
C. Do not smoke while handling diesel fuel.  
D. Fill fuel tank outdoors and not over one inch from  
the top of the tank, (bottom of the filler neck). Do not  
overfill.  
8. Wearing safety glasses, safety shoes, long pants  
and a helmet is advisable and required by some Iocal or-  
dinances and insurance regulations.  
While Operating  
11. Do not run the engine in a confined area without ad-  
equate ventilation. Exhaust fumes are hazardous and  
could be deadly.  
F. Stay alert for holes in terrain and other hidden  
hazards. Use extreme care when operating close to  
sand traps, ditches, creeks, steep hillsides or other  
hazards.  
12. Sit on the seat when starting and operating the ma-  
chine.  
G. Reduce speed when making sharp turns. Avoid  
sudden stops and starts. Use reverse pedal for  
braking. The cutting units must be lowered when  
going down slopes for steering control.  
13. Check interlock switches daily for proper operation  
(see Checking Interlock Switches of the Operator’s  
Manual). Do not rely entirely on safety switches; shut off  
engine before getting off the seat. If a switch fails, re-  
place it before operating the machine. The interlock sys-  
tem is for your protection, so do not bypass it. Replace  
all interlock switches every two years.  
H. Before backing up, look to the rear and assure  
that no one is behind the machine. Watch out for  
traffic when near or crossing roads. Always yield the  
right of way.  
14. When starting the engine:  
A. Engage parking brake.  
15. Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from moving  
parts and the reel discharge area. Grass baskets, if so  
equipped, must be in place during reel operation for  
maximum safety.  
B. Be sure traction pedal is in neutral and reel drive  
is in the disengage position.  
16. This product may exceed noise levels of 85 dB(A)  
at the operator position. Ear protectors are recom-  
mended for prolonged exposure to reduce the potential  
of permanent hearing damage.  
C. After the engine starts, release parking brake  
and keep foot off the traction pedal. The machine  
must not move. If movement is evident, the neutral  
control linkage is incorrectly adjusted: therefore,  
shut engine off and adjust until the machine does  
not move when the traction pedal is released (see  
Adjusting Transmission for Neutral of the Opera-  
tor’s Manual).  
17. Raise the cutting units when driving from one work  
area to another.  
18. Do not touch engine, muffler, exhaust pipe, or hy-  
draulic tank while engine is running or soon after it has  
stopped. These areas could be hot enough to cause  
burns.  
D. Hills over 15 degrees should be mowed up and  
down, not side to side (see Slope Gauge of the Op-  
erator’s Manual).  
19. If a cutting unit strikes a solid object or vibrates ab-  
normally, stop cutting unit immediately. Turn the engine  
off, wait for all motion to stop and inspect for damage.  
A damaged reeol r bedknife must be repaired or re-  
placed before operation is continued.  
E. Mowing hills may be dangerous. Hills over 20  
degrees should not be mowed (see Slope Gauge of  
the Operator’s Manual).  
Safety  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 1 – 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
20. Before getting off the seat:  
A. Move the traction pedal to neutral.  
B. Set the parking brake.  
D. Stop the engine and remove the key from the ig-  
nition switch.  
21. Whenever the machine is left unattended, make  
sure the reels are not spinning, the key is removed from  
ignition switch, and the parking brake is set.  
C. Disengage the cutting units and wait for the reels  
to stop spinning.  
Maintenance and Service  
22. Before servicing or making adjustments to the ma-  
chine, stop the engine and remove the key from the  
switch to prevent accidental starting of the engine.  
28. Before disconnecting or performing any work on the  
hydraulic system, all pressure in system must be re-  
lieved by stopping the engine and lowering cutting units  
to the ground.  
23. When changing attachments, tires or performing  
other service, use the correct blocks, hoists and jacks.  
Always chock or block the wheels and use jack stands  
or solid wood blocks to support the raised machine. If  
the traction unit is not properly supported by blocks or  
jack stands, the unit may move or fall resulting in per-  
sonal injury.  
29. If major repairs are ever needed or if assistance is  
desired, contact an Authorized Toro Distributor.  
30. Reduce potential fire hazards. Keep the engine  
area free of excessive grease, grass, leaves, and accu-  
mulation of dirt.  
31. If the engine must be running to perform a mainte-  
nance adjustment, keep hands, feet, clothing, and any  
other parts of the body away from the cutting units and  
any moving parts. Keep everyone away.  
24. Check performance of all interlock switches daily.  
Do not defeat interlock system. It is for your protection.  
25. Ensure the entire machine is in good operating  
condition. Frequently check and keep all nuts, bolts,  
screws, and hydraulic fittings tight.  
32. Do not overspeed the engine by changing governor  
settings. To assure safety and accuracy, have an Autho-  
rized Toro Distributor check maximum engine speed  
with a tachometer.  
26. Before applying pressure to the hydraulic system,  
make sure all hydraulic line connectors are tight and all  
hydraulic hoses and lines are in good condition .  
33. The engine must be shut off before checking oil or  
adding oil to the crankcase.  
27. Keep body and hands away from pin hole leaks or  
nozzles that eject hydraulic fluid under high pressure.  
Use paper or cardboard, not hands, to search for leaks.  
Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have suffi-  
cient force to penetrate the skin and cause serious inju-  
ry. lf fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically  
removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with this  
form of injury or gangrene may result.  
34. To insure optimum performance and safety, use  
genuine TORO replacement parts and accessories. Re-  
placement parts and accessories made by other man-  
ufacturers could be dangerous, and such use could void  
the product warranty of The Toro Company.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Safety  
Rev. A  
Page 1 – 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Safety and Instruction Decals  
The following safety and instruction decals are affixed  
to the traction unit. If any decal becomes illegible or  
damaged, install a new decal. Part numbers are listed  
below and in your Parts Catalog. Order replacements  
from your Authorized Toro Distributor.  
ON LEFT SIDE OF SEAT PANEL  
(Part No. 92–7270)  
UNDER CONTROL PANEL  
(Part No. 93–6902)  
Model 03427 only  
ON CARRIER FRAME  
(Part No. 94–3353)  
WARNING! Pinch Point between Carrier Frame and Cutting  
Unit  
ON FAN SHROUD  
(Part No. 77–3100)  
ON INSTRUMENT PANEL  
(Part No. 94–4985)  
Rotating Parts  
ON LEFT FENDER  
(Part No. 84–1650)  
ON LIFT ARMS  
(Part No. 93–6696)  
WARNING! Spring Loaded Mechanism,  
Read Disassembly Procedure  
ON UNDER SEAT  
(Part No. 93–6903)  
ON INSIDE OF  
FRONT RIGHT PANEL  
(Part No. 67–5360)  
ON SKIRT PANEL  
(Part No. 83–9550)  
Safety  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 1 – 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DANGER! Rotating Reel Will Cut Hands and Feet.  
See Adjustment Procedures  
ON SHIELD  
(Part No. 93-8064)  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Safety  
Page 1 – 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Safety  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 1 – 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2  
Product Records and Manuals  
Table of Contents  
PRODUCT RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1  
EQUIVALENTS AND CONVERSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
Decimal and Millimeter Equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
U.S. to Metric Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values – U.S. . . 3  
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values – Metric  
3
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4  
OPERATION AND SERVICE HISTORY REPORT . 5  
Product Records  
Record  
information  
about  
your  
Reelmaster  
Insert Operator’s Manuals and Parts Catalogs for your  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D at the end of this section.  
2300–D/2600–D on the OPERATION AND SERVICE  
HISTORY REPORT form. Use this information when re-  
ferring to your machine.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Product Records and Manuals  
Page 2 – 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Equivalents and Conversions  
Product Records and Manuals  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 2 – 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Torque Specifications  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Product Records and Manuals  
Page 2 – 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance Interval Chart  
Product Records and Manuals  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 2 – 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EQUIPMENT OPERATION AND SERVICE HISTORY REPORT  
for  
REELMASTERR 2300–D/2600–D  
TORO Model and Serial Number: _____________–___________  
Engine Numbers:  
Transmission Numbers:  
Date Purchased:  
_________________________  
_________________________  
_________________________  
_________________________  
_________________________  
_________________________  
_________________________  
_________________________  
_________________________  
Warranty Expires___________  
Purchased From:  
Contacts:  
Parts  
Phone___________________  
Phone___________________  
Phone___________________  
Service  
Sales  
See your TORO Distributor for other Publications, Manuals, and Videos from the TORO company.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Product Records and Manuals  
Page 2 – 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
REELMASTERR 2300–D/2600–D Maintenance Schedule  
Minimum Recommended Maintenance Intervals:  
Maintenance Procedure  
Maintenance Interval & Service  
Every  
Every  
Every  
400hrs  
200hrs  
100hrs  
Every  
50hrs  
Inspect Air Filter, Dust Cup, and Baffle  
Lubricate All Grease Fittings  
{ Change Engine Oil  
A–Level  
Service  
{ Check Fan and Alternator Belt Tensions  
{ Change Engine Oil and Filter  
{ Check Traction Belt Tension  
B–Level  
Service  
Service Air Filter  
Replace Fuel Filter/Water Separator  
{ Replace Hydraulic Filter  
{ Torque Wheel Lug Nuts  
C–Level  
Service  
Replace Hydraulic Fluid  
Check Battery Level/Connections  
Inspect Traction Linkage Movement  
*
Inspect Spider Coupling for Wear  
D–Level  
Service  
} Torque Head Bolts and Adjust Valves  
} Check Engine RPM (idle and full throttle)  
{ Initial break in at 10 hours  
*
Every 400 hours or annually, whichever occurs first  
} Initial break in at 50 hours  
Replace all Moving Hoses  
Replace Safety Switches  
Cooling System – Flush/Replace Fluid  
Replace Thermostat  
Annual Recommendations:  
Items listed are recommended every 1000 hours  
or 2 years, whichever occurs first.  
Fuel Tank – Drain/Flush  
Hydraulic Tank – Drain/Flush  
(See Operator’s and Service Manuals for specifications and procedures.)  
Product Records and Manuals  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 2 – 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
REELMASTERR 2300–D/2600–D Daily Maintenance Check List  
Unit Designation: ____________  
Daily Maintenance: (duplicate this page for routine use)  
TORO ID #: ________–________  
Daily Maintenance Check For Week Of ________________  
Maintenance  
MON  
________HRS  
TUES  
________HRS  
WED  
________HRS  
THURS  
________HRS  
FRI  
________HRS  
SAT  
________HRS  
SUN  
________HRS  
Check Item b  
n Safety Interlock Operation  
n Brake Operation  
1
n Engine Oil Level  
n Cooling System Fluid Level  
1
Drain Water/Fuel Separator  
n Air Filter, Dust Cup, and Baffle  
n Radiator & Screen for Debris  
2
n Unusual Engine Noises  
n Unusual Operating Noises  
n Hydraulic System Oil Level  
1
n Hydraulic Hoses for Damage  
n Fluid Leaks  
1
n Fuel Level  
n Tire Pressure  
n Instrument Operation  
n Reel–to–Bedknife Adjustment  
n Height–of–Cut Adjustment  
3
Lubricate All Grease Fittings  
Touch–up Damaged Paint  
1
= Check proper section of Operator’s Manual for fluid specifications.  
2
3
= Check glow plug and injector nozzles, if hard starting, excess smoke or rough running is noted.  
= Accomplish immediately after every washing, regardless of the interval listed.  
Notation for areas of concern:  
Inspection performed by:__________________  
Item  
1
Date  
Information  
2
3
4
5
6
7
(See Operator’s and Service Manuals for specifications and procedures.)  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Product Records and Manuals  
Page 2 – 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Product Records and Manuals  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 2 – 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 3  
Engine  
Table of Contents  
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4  
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6  
Fuel Shutoff Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6  
ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7  
Alternator Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7  
Throttle Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8  
SERVICE AND REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9  
Bleeding the Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9  
Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10  
Cleaning the Radiator and Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11  
Changing the Engine Oil and Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 12  
Checking the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12  
Engine Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13  
Engine Reinstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18  
PERKINS 100 SERIES WORKSHOP MANUAL  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 1  
Engine  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
This Chapter gives information about specifications,  
maintenance, troubleshooting, testing, and repair of the  
diesel engine used in the Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
mower.  
ever, the cost of the test equipment and the specialized  
nature of some repairs may dictate that the work be  
done at an engine repair facility.  
Service and repair parts for Perkins engines are sup-  
plied through your local Perkins/Detroit Diesel dealer. If  
no parts list is available, be sure to provide your dealer  
or distributor with the Perkins model and serial number.  
Most repairs and adjustments require tools which are  
commonly available in many service shops. Special  
tools are described in the Special Tools section. The use  
of some specialized test equipment is explained. How-  
Engine  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Specifications  
Item  
Description  
Make / Designation  
Perkins, vertical in–line, 4–stroke, water–cooled Diesel,  
103–07 KL 70275 & KL 70372  
Combustion Chamber  
Number of Cylinders  
Bore x Stroke mm (in.)  
Total Displacement cc (cu. in.)  
Compression Ratio  
Firing Order  
IDI special swirl–combustion type  
3
67 x 64 (2.64 x 2.52)  
676 (41.23)  
24:1  
1– 2–3  
Dry Weight (approximate) kg (lb.)  
Fuel  
64 (141)  
Grade No. 2D diesel fuel (ASTM specification)  
Bosch type plunger  
Mechanical  
Fuel Injection Pump  
Governor  
Idle Speed (no load)  
High Idle (no load)  
Fuel Injector Nozzle  
1400 + 50 RPM  
3200 + 50 RPM  
Bosch throttle type  
115 to 125 (1636 to 1778)  
28.5 to 30.5_ B.T.D.C.  
SAE 10W30 SF, CD  
Gear driven trochoid type  
2.8 (3.0) with filter  
Belt driven centrifugal type  
4.7 (5.0)  
2
Fuel Injection Working Pressure kg/cm (psi)  
Injection Timing  
Engine Oil  
Oil Pump  
Crankcase Oil Capacity liter (U.S. qt.)  
Water Pump  
Cooling System Capacity liter (U.S. qt.)  
Starter  
12 VDC 1.2 KW  
Alternator/Regulator  
Glow Plug  
12 VDC 14 AMP  
Sheathed type  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 3  
Engine  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Special Tools  
Order special tools from TORO SPECIAL TOOLS AND  
APPLICATIONS GUIDE (Commercial Products).  
Some tools may be listed in the Reelmaster  
2300–D/2600–D Parts Catalog. Tools may also be  
available from a local supplier.  
Filter Cleaner  
Mix with water and use solution to wash the Donaldson  
air cleaner element.  
Figure 1  
Diesel Engine Compression Test Kit  
This 0 to 1000 PSI gauge allows testing of diesel en-  
gines for checking the general operating condition of the  
engine. The kit includes a case, gauge with hose, glow  
plug hole adapters, and instructions.  
Figure 2  
Nozzle Tester  
This tests the condition and opening pressure of fuel in-  
jection nozzles.  
Figure 3  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Engine  
Page 3 – 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Nozzle Test Adapter  
This adapter is required to test the fuel injection nozzles.  
Figure 4  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 5  
Engine  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
General Information  
Fuel Shutoff Valves  
These valves should be shut when removing the engine  
or placing the unit in long term storage.  
1
Figure 5  
1. Fuel shut off (under the fuel tank)  
1
Figure 6  
1. Fuel shut off valve (on the fuel filter)  
Engine  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
Alternator Belt  
1. Gain access to the alternator belt (Fig 7).  
8
A. Loosen top hose clamp securing the upper por-  
tion of the hose connected to the air cleaner (8).  
6
3
B. Remove cap screws (1) and lock flange nuts (2).  
Remove hex head screws (3).  
1
C. On European models, remove hex head screws  
(4) from the guard (5) and air cleaner housing (6).  
D. Pull air cleaner housing from the radiator top  
shroud(7)andhose. Plugaircleanerhoseandhose  
inlet to the air cleaner.  
4
5
2. Loosen bolts securing alternator to the engine and  
adjusting strap.  
7
3. Adjust alternator belt to the proper tension. Tension  
alternator belt so it deflects 0.20 inch with a 2 to 3 pound  
load applied midway between the crankshaft and alter-  
nator pulleys (Fig. 8).  
2
1
3
Figure 7  
1. Cap screw  
5. Guard (Europe)  
2. Lock flange nut  
3. Hex head screw  
4. Hex head screw  
6. Air cleaner housing  
7. Radiator top shroud  
8. Air cleaner  
4. Tighten bolts securing the alternator to the engine.  
5. Reinstall air cleaner housing (Fig 7).  
A. Unplug air cleaner hose and hose inlet to the air  
cleaner.  
B. Place air cleaner housing (6) on the radiator top  
shroud (7). Reconnect upper end of the air cleaner  
hose to the air cleaner (8). Align holes to receive  
fasteners.  
1
C. On European models, reinstall hex head screws  
(4)intoguard(5)throughtheaircleanerhousing(6).  
D. Secure cap screws (1) and lock flange nuts (2) to  
air cleaner housing and radiator top shroud (7).  
E. Secure hex head screws (3) into the air cleaner  
housing and radiator assembly.  
Figure 8  
1. Engine belt  
F. Tighten hose clamp securing the hose to the air  
cleaner.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 7  
Engine  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Throttle Linkage  
1. Verify high engine speed at 3200 50 RPM with  
the cold start button depressed.  
2. If engine speed is out of specification, loosen cap  
screw, nut, and throttle cable clamp on the throttle cable  
bracket enough to allow the cable to slide freely within  
the bracket.  
3. Move throttle lever up fully to the high speed posi-  
tion.  
1
4. Pullcabletowardflywheelendoftheengineuntilthe  
governor lever on the engine is up against the high  
speed adjustment screw. Tighten cap screw and nut se-  
curing the throttle cable clamp.  
2
5. Loosen capscrews (1) and nuts (2) securing the  
throttle stop (3).  
6. With the cold start button depressed, carefully ad-  
just low engine speed to 1400 50 RPM with the  
throttle control lever (4); adjust low speed stop screw  
if necessary.  
3
4
Figure 9  
7. Make sure throttle control lever (4) is down so the  
governor lever on the engine touches the low speed ad-  
justment screw.  
1. Cap screw  
2. Nut  
3. Throttle stop  
4. Throttle control leve  
8. Adjust throttle stop (3) until it contacts the bottom of  
the throttle control lever (4). Tighten cap screws (1) and  
nuts (2) securing the throttle stop.  
9. Make sure governor lever on the engine goes  
against the high speed adjustment screw when the  
throttle control lever (4) is moved to the high speed posi-  
tion. When the throttle control lever is moved to the low  
speed position, the governor lever on the engine should  
contact the low speed adjustment screw at the same  
time the throttle control lever contacts the throttle stop  
(3).  
Engine  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Service and Repairs  
Bleeding the Fuel System  
IMPORTANT: The fuel system must be primed  
when a new or rebuilt engine is started for the first  
time, if it runs out of fuel, or if maintenance is per-  
formed on the fuel system.  
1. Park machine on a level surface. Make sure fuel  
tank is at least half full.  
2
2. Unlatch and raise hood.  
1
3
DANGER  
Figure 10  
Because diesel fuel is flammable, use  
caution when storing or handling it. Do  
not smoke while filling the fuel tank. Do  
not fill the fuel tank while the engine is  
hot, running, or when the in an enclosed  
area. Always fill the fuel tank outside.  
Wipe up any spilled diesel fuel before  
starting the engine. Store fuel in a clean  
safety–approved container with its cap  
on. Use diesel fuel for the engine only  
and no other purpose.  
1. Fuel shutoff valve  
2. Bleed screws  
3. Bowl  
6
1
5
4
3. Open fuel shutoff valve (1) located under the fuel  
tank and on the fuel filter (Fig. 10).  
4. Open both bleed screws (2) located on the side of  
the fuel filter mounting head. Allow bowl (3) to refill with  
fuel. Close bleed screws when the bowl is filled (Fig. 10).  
5. On the front of the engine by the oil filter, find trans-  
fer pump inlet screw location (2). Note fitting angle (5)  
on the transfer pump inlet and loosen left transfer pump  
screw (1) only (Fig. 11).  
6
3
2
See Inset  
Figure 11  
1. Transfer pump screw  
6. When a steady stream of fuel flows out of the trans-  
fer pump screw (1), tighten screw and retain noted fitting  
angle (5) from step 5 above (Fig. 11).  
2. Transfer pump inlet screw location  
3. Injection pump inlet screw  
4. Priming lever  
5. Note fitting angle  
6. Injector nut  
7. Loosen injection pump inlet screw (3) on the front of  
the engine (Fig. 11).  
9. Start engine. If engine does not run smoothly after  
several minutes, crack open each injector nut (6) until  
fuel (with no bubbles) comes out. Torque each injector  
nut from 14.4 to 18.0 ft–lb (2.0 to 2.5 kg–m).  
8. Pump priming lever (4) until a steady stream of fuel  
flows out of injection pump inlet screw (3), then tighten  
screw. Do not over tighten inlet screw (Fig. 11).  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 9  
Engine  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Air Cleaner  
1. Service the air cleaner filter every 400 hours (more  
frequently in extreme dusty or dirty conditions). Do not  
over service air filter.  
4
2. Check air cleaner body (1) for damage which could  
possibly cause an air leak. Replace damaged air clean-  
er body.  
3
3. Make sure air cleaner cover (2) is sealing around  
the air cleaner body (1).  
4. Release latches (3) securing the air cleaner cover  
(2) to the air cleaner body (1). Separate cover from  
body. Clean inside of air cleaner cover.  
1
2
5. Gently slide filter element (4) out of the air cleaner  
body (1) to reduce the amount of dust dislodged. Avoid  
knocking filter element against air cleaner body.  
6.Inspect filter element (4) and discard if damaged. Do  
not wash or reuse a damaged filter.  
Figure 12  
1. Air cleaner body  
2. Air cleaner cover  
3. Latch  
4. Filter element  
Washing Method  
B. Keep air hose nozzle at least 2 inches from the  
filter element (4). Move nozzle up and down while  
rotating the filter element. Inspect for holes and  
tears by looking through the filter element toward a  
bright light.  
A. Prepare a solution of filter cleaner and water.  
Soak filter element (4) in the solution for 15 minutes.  
Refer to directions on filter cleaner carton for com-  
plete information.  
B. After soaking filter element (4) for 15 minutes,  
rinse it with clear water. Maximum water pressure  
must not exceed 40 psi to prevent damage to the fil-  
ter element. Rinse filter element from the clean side  
to the dirty side.  
7. Inspect new filter element (4) for shipping damage.  
Check sealing end of new or used filter element. Do not  
install a damaged filter element.  
8. Insert filter element (4) properly into the air cleaner  
body (1). Make sure filter element is sealed properly by  
applying pressure to the outer rim of the filter element  
when installing. Do not press on the flexible center of the  
filter element.  
C. Dry filter element (4) using warm flowing air  
(160_F maximum), or allow element to air–dry. Do  
not use a light bulb to dry the filter element because  
damage could result.  
9. Reinstall air cleaner cover (2) and secure latches  
(3). Make sure cover is positioned with top side up.  
Compressed Air Method  
CAUTION  
Use eye protection such as goggles  
when using compressed air.  
A. Blow compressed air from the inside to the out-  
side of the dry filter element (4). Do not exceed 100  
psi to prevent damage to the filter element.  
Engine  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Cleaning the Radiator and Screen  
To prevent the engine from overheating, the radiator  
screen, radiator, and oil cooler must be kept clean.  
Check these components daily. If necessary, clean any  
debris off these parts. Clean these components more  
frequently in dusty dirty conditions.  
1
1. Remove radiator screen (1).  
2. Remove four cap screws and nuts that hold the  
plastic cover to the radiator assembly. Remove plastic  
cover from the radiator assembly.  
3
3. Loosen both quick release knobs on the front end  
of the radiator assembly. Now the oil cooler (3) can be  
removed from the radiator for cleaning.  
2
Figure 13  
1. Radiator screen  
2. Radiator  
3. Oil cooler  
CAUTION  
Use eye protection such as goggles  
when using compressed air.  
4. Working from fan side of radiator (2), either spray  
the radiator with a hose or blow with compressed air.  
5. Thoroughly clean oil cooler (3). Clean off any other  
debris that may have collected around components.  
6. Reinstall the oil cooler (3). Tighten both quick re-  
lease knobs on the front end of the radiator assembly.  
7. Reinstall plastic cover onto the radiator assembly.  
Reinstall four cap screws and nuts that hold the plastic  
cover to the radiator assembly. Tighten fasteners  
8. Clean radiator screen (1) and reinstall.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 11  
Engine  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing the Engine Oil and Filter  
Change oil and filter initially after the first 20 hours of op-  
eration. Thereafter, change oil every 50 hours and filter  
every 100 hours.  
1
1. Position machine on a level surface.  
2. Locate engine oil drain plug on the bottom of oil pan  
and place a collecting pan below it. Remove drain plug  
and let oil flow into the collecting pan. When the oil stops  
draining, install drain plug.  
Figure 14  
1. Oil fill cap  
3. Locate engine filter on the front of the engine. Re-  
move oil filter. Apply a light coat of clean oil to the new  
filter seal before screwing it on. DO NOT OVERTIGH-  
TEN.  
Note: The crankcase capacity is approximately 2.8  
qts. (3.0 L) with filter. The engine uses any high–quality  
10W30 detergent oil having the American Petroleum In-  
stitute – API – “service classification” CD.  
1
4. Add oil to the crankcase.  
A. Remove oil fill cap (Fig. 14) and gradually add  
small quantities of oil .  
Figure 15  
1. Dipstick  
B. Check oil level frequently until the level reaches  
the FULL mark on dipstick (Fig 15). When removing  
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean rag prior to inserting  
it to check the oil level.  
C. Push dipstick down into dipstick tube and make  
sure it is seated fully when finished (Fig 15).  
Checking the Cooling System  
1
e
l
CAUTION  
If the engine has been running, pressur-  
ized hot coolant or steam can escape  
when the radiator cap is removed. Burns  
may result. Do not open radiator cap  
when the radiator or engine is hot.  
1. Radiator cap  
3.  
NOT OVERFILL  
r
DO  
1.  
2.  
4.  
Engine  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Engine Removal  
1. Park machine on a level surface, lower the cutting  
units, stop the engine, and remove the key from the start  
switch. Chock wheels to keep the machine from moving.  
3
3
5
1
2. Disconnect positive (+) and then negative (–) bat-  
tery cables at the battery.  
3
3. Gain access to the engine.  
A. Open and remove hood from the machine.  
3
B. Remove right side panel to gain access to the  
traction pump drive belt.  
4
C. Remove left rear panel (radiator side) which  
supports the instrument panel.  
6
2
4
3
4. Remove left fender (1) and fender bracket (2) from  
the radiator side of the frame (Fig. 17).  
4
A. Remove cap screw (3) and flange nut (4) holding  
the left foot rest (5) to the left fender.  
Figure 17  
1. Left fender  
2. Left fender bracket  
3. Cap screw  
4. Flange nut  
5. Left footrest  
6. Clinch nut  
B. Remove remaining cap screws (3) and flange  
nuts (4) securing the fender to the fender bracket  
and frame. Remove fender from the frame.  
C. Remove both cap screws (3) and left fender  
bracket (2) from the frame.  
2
3
5. Remove cotter pin (1) from adjusting rod (2). Dis-  
connect adjusting rod from brake arm (3) (Fig. 18).  
1
6. Remove cap screws (3) and flange nut (4) securing  
the left footrest (5) to the frame (Fig. 17). Slide the left  
foot rest off the adjusting rod (2) (Fig. 18).  
CAUTION  
DO NOT open radiator cap or drain coolant  
if the engine or radiator is hot. Pressurized  
hot coolant can escape and cause burns.  
Figure 18  
Ethylene–gycol antifreeze is poisonous.  
Dispose of it properly or store it in a proper-  
ly labeled container away from children and  
pets.  
1. Cotter pin  
2. Adjusting rod  
3. Brake arm  
8. Drain hydraulic reservoir.  
A. Clean hydraulic oil filter and area around the fil-  
ter.  
7. Drain antifreeze from radiator.  
A. Slowly remove radiator cap from the radiator.  
B. Place clean drain pan below hydraulic oil filter to  
collect the draining hydraulic oil.  
B. Placedrainpanbelowtheradiatorpipeplug. Re-  
move pipe plug from the bottom of the radiator. Al-  
low antifreeze to drain into the container  
C. Remove hydraulic oil filter from bottom of the fil-  
ter housing with a bottom type filter wrench. Let oil  
drain into the drain pan; install filter when drained.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 13  
Engine  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
RIGHT  
39  
11  
1
14  
2
45  
3
4
36  
5
32  
13  
6
7
CONNECTED TO  
AIR FILTER HOSE  
9
8
44  
10  
19  
19  
15  
11  
38  
12  
23  
18  
16  
17  
19  
41  
43  
25  
40  
39  
11  
30  
29  
31  
37  
21  
20  
26  
35  
23  
24  
22 LH  
46 RH  
25  
7
28  
34  
42  
13  
34  
33  
36  
LEFT  
27  
FRONT  
Figure 19  
1. Cap screw  
2. Lock washer  
3. Clutch washer  
4. Engine pulley  
5. Cap screw  
6. Wire bracket  
7. Nut  
8. Pop rivet  
9. Key  
10. Cap screw  
11. Flat washer  
12. R–clamp  
13. Washer  
17. U–bolt  
32. Flat washer  
33. Lock washer  
34. Front mount bracket  
35. Insert nut  
18. Upper radiator hose  
19. Muffler clamp  
20. Nut  
21. Lock washer  
22. Left rear mount bracket  
23. Hose clamp  
24. Lower radiator hose  
25. Engine  
26. Throttle cable clamp  
27. Flange nut  
36. Cap screw  
37. Clutch spindle  
38. Hose clamp  
39. Cap screw  
40. Electric clutch  
41. Cap screw  
42. Cap screw  
43. Cap screw  
44. Fuel hose  
45. Muffler gasket  
46. Right rear mount bracket  
28. Throttle cable bracket  
29. Clevis pin  
30. Cotter pin  
14. Muffler  
15. Muffler tube  
16. Muffler bracket  
31. Throttle tab  
Engine  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Close fuel shut–off valves under the fuel tank and  
on the fuel filter.  
2
10. Disconnect hoses from engine (Fig. 19).  
4
A. Loosen upper hose clamp securing the air filter  
hose extending from the engine to the air cleaner.  
B. Loosen hose clamps (23). Disconnect upper ra-  
diator hose (18) and lower radiator hose (24) from  
the engine.  
C. Loosen hose clamp (38) and disconnect fuel  
hose (44) from the lift pump. Plug hose to prevent  
leakage.  
1
3
D. Loosen hose clamp and disconnect fuel hose  
(return) from the injector nozzle piping. Plug hose to  
prevent leakage.  
Figure 20  
1. Hose clamp  
3. Hydraulic fitting  
2. Hydraulic return hose  
4. Hydraulic reservoir  
CAUTION  
2
The hydraulic fluid may be hot. To avoid  
possible burns, allow the hydraulic sys-  
tem to cool before disconnecting hoses.  
1
11. Disconnect hydraulic hoses to oil cooler.  
A. Loosen hose clamp (1)anddisconnecthydraulic  
return hose (2) from the hydraulic fitting (3). Plug  
hose and fitting to prevent leakage and contamina-  
tion (Fig. 20).  
B. Loosen hose clamp (1)anddisconnecthydraulic  
supply hose (2) from the hydraulic elbow fitting (3).  
Plug hose and fitting to prevent leakage and con-  
tamination (Fig. 21).  
3
4
CAUTION  
Figure 21  
The muffler and muffler tube may be hot.  
To avoid possible burns, allow the ex-  
haust system to cool before working on  
the muffler and muffler tube.  
1. Hose clamp  
2. Hydraulic supply hose  
3. Hydraulic elbow fitting  
4. Hydraulic manifold  
D. Remove cap screws (39) and flat washers (11)  
from the muffler and exhaust manifold. Remove  
muffler and muffler gasket (53) from the engine.  
12. Remove exhaust system (Fig. 19).  
13. Disconnect throttle cable (Fig. 19).  
A. Remove muffler clamp (19) from the muffler (14)  
and muffler tube (15).  
A. Loosen cap screw (43) enough to separate the  
throttle cable from the throttle cable clamp (30).  
B. Loosen nut (20) and U–clamp (17). Separate  
muffler tube from muffler and slide muffler tube  
through U–clamp.  
B. Remove cotter pin (30) from clevis pin (29). Re-  
move clevis pin, throttle tab (31), and throttle cable  
from the engine governor lever.  
C. Remove cap screws (36) and washers (13) from  
the muffler and right rear mount bracket (46).  
C. Secure throttle cable away from the engine.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 15  
Engine  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
14. Disconnect electrical connections (Fig. 19).  
Note: Label all electrical leads for reassembly pur-  
poses.  
A. Disconnect connector with blue leads from the  
alternator.  
4
B. Disconnect connector with blue/white leads  
from the traction clutch.  
1
3
C. Disconnect connector from the front lift cylinder  
microswitch.  
D. Remove white/black lead from the temperature  
sender located on the top of the water pump.  
E. Remove tan lead from the high temperature shut  
down switch located on the water pump behind the  
fan.  
2
F. Remove purple lead from the fuel valve solenoid  
located above the lift pump.  
Figure 22  
1. Cap screws  
2. Whiz nut  
3. Radiator rear bracket  
4. Frame  
G. Remove brown lead from the oil pressure switch  
located on the front of the cylinder head.  
H. Remove white lead from the glow plugs located  
on the front traction pump side of the cylinder head.  
2
I. Remove gray, red, and white leads from the en-  
gine starter solenoid located on below the exhaust  
manifold.  
3
J. Disconnect battery ground from the traction  
clutch side of the cylinder head or the fan side of the  
cylinder block.  
4
K. Remove cap screw (10) and flat washer (11)  
from R–clamp (12). Pull wiring harness and hydrau-  
lic hoses away from the engine to keep them from  
snagging the engine when it is removed. The har-  
ness and hoses may be tied to the reservoir support  
brackets.  
1
15. Remove radiator assembly.  
Figure 23  
1. Carriage bolt  
2. Whiz nut  
3. Radiator bracket  
4. Frame  
A. Support the radiator assembly while removing  
fasteners.  
B. Remove cap screws (1) and whiz nuts (2) from  
the radiator rear bracket (3) and frame (4) (Fig. 22).  
C. Removecarriagebolts(1)andwhiznuts(2)from  
the radiator bracket (3) and frame (4) (Fig. 23).  
D. Pull radiator assembly out and then up from the  
engine to prevent the engine cooling fan from catch-  
ing the radiator top and bottom shrouds.  
Engine  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
16. Remove traction pump drive belt as described in  
Traction (Electric) Clutch of the Service and Repairs  
section of Chapter 5 – Electrical System.  
17. Remove engine (Fig. 19)  
A. Attach short section of chain between both lift  
tabs (1) located on each end of the cylinder head (2)  
(Fig. 24)  
1
B. Connect a hoist or chain fall at the center of the  
short section of chain. Apply enough tension on the  
short chain so that the engine will be supported  
when the cap screws (42) securing the engine  
mount brackets (22, 34, and 46) are removed.  
2
C. Remove cap screws (42) and flange nuts (27)  
from the engine mount brackets (22, 34, and 46)  
and the frame.  
Figure 24  
1. Lifting tab  
2. Cylinder head  
Note: One person should operate the chain fall or  
hoist while another person guides the engine out of the  
frame.  
Note: Be careful not to damage the engine, fuel lines,  
hydraulic hoses, electrical harness or other parts while  
removing the engine.  
D. Remove engine (25) from the frame.  
E. Mount engine onto an engine rebuilding stand.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 17  
Engine  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Engine Reinstallation  
1. Makesuremachineisparkedonalevelsurfacewith  
cutting units lowered, and key removed from the start  
switch. Chock wheels to keep the machine from moving.  
E. On the right rear mount bracket (46), tighten cap  
screws (36). Torque cap screws from 34 to 42 ft–lb  
(4.7 to 5.8 kg–m).  
2. Make sure that all parts remove from the engine  
during maintenance or rebuilding are reinstalled to the  
engine.  
5. Reinstall radiator assembly.  
A. Place radiator assembly down and then into the  
engine to prevent the engine cooling fan from catch-  
ing the radiator top and bottom shrouds.  
3. If mount brackets (22, 34, and 46) were removed re-  
install them as follows (Fig. 19):  
B. Connectairfilterhoseextendingfromtheengine  
to the air cleaner. Tighten hose clamp.  
A. For front mount brackets (34), secure brackets  
to the engine (25) with cap screws (36), lock wash-  
ers (33) and washers (13). Torque cap screws from  
34 to 42 ft–lb (4.7 to 5.8 kg–m).  
C. Support the radiator assembly while installing  
the fasteners.  
D. Install carriage bolts (1) and whiz nuts (2) to the  
radiator bracket (3) and frame (4) (Fig. 23).  
B. For left rear mount bracket (22), secure bracket  
to the engine (25) with two cap screws (36), lock  
washers (33) and washers (13) through the left  
holes. Leave the right holes open for the muffler.  
Torque cap screws from 34 to 42 ft–lb (4.7 to 5.8  
kg–m).  
E. Install cap screws (1) and whiz nuts (2) to the ra-  
diator rear bracket (3) and frame (4) (Fig. 22).  
6. Reconnect electrical connections (Fig. 19).  
C. For right rear mount bracket (46), secure brack-  
ets to the engine (25) with cap screws (36), lock  
washers (33) and washers (13). Leave cap screws  
loose enough so that the position of the bracket  
can be adjusted after the engine is installed.  
A. Untie harness and hoses from the reservoir sup-  
port brackets. Pull wiring harness and hydraulic  
hoses into position; keep them from contacting  
moving parts. Install cap screw (10) and flat washer  
(11) to R–clamp (12) and tighten to cylinder head.  
4. Reinstall engine (Fig. 19)  
B. Reconnect connector with blue leads to the al-  
ternator.  
A. Attach short section of chain between both lift  
tabs (1) located on each end of the cylinder head (2)  
(Fig. 24)  
C. Reconnect connector with blue/white leads to  
the traction clutch.  
B. Connect a hoist or chain fall at the center of the  
short section of chain. Apply enough tension on the  
short chain so that the engine will be supported  
when the engine is removed from the engine re-  
building stand. Remove engine from the engine re-  
building stand.  
D. Reconnect connector to the front lift cylinder mi-  
croswitch.  
E. Reconnect white/black lead to the temperature  
sender located on the top of the water pump.  
F. Reconnect tan lead to the high temperature shut  
down switch located on the water pump behind the  
fan.  
Note: One person should operate chain fall or hoist  
while another person guides the engine into the frame.  
Note: Be careful not to damage the engine, fuel lines,  
hydraulic hoses, electrical harness or other parts while  
reinstalling the engine.  
G. Reconnect purple lead to the fuel valve solenoid  
located above the lift pump.  
H. Reconnect brown lead to the oil pressure switch  
located on the front of the cylinder head.  
C. Reinstall engine (25) onto the frame. Make sure  
fastener holes of the mount brackets (22, 34, and  
46) are aligned with the holes on the frame.  
I. Reconnect white lead to the glow plugs located  
on the front right side of the cylinder head.  
D. Secure cap screws (42) and flange nuts (27) to  
the mount brackets (22, 34, and 46) and frame.  
Engine  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J. Reconnect gray, red, and white leads to the en-  
gine starter solenoid located on below the exhaust  
manifold.  
11. Open fuel shut–off valves under the fuel tank and on  
the fuel filter.  
12. Fill hydraulic reservoir with hydraulic fluid as de-  
scribed in the General Information section of Chapter 4  
– Hydraulic System. Check reservoir for leaks.  
K. Reconnect battery ground to the traction clutch  
side of the cylinder head or the left side of the cylin-  
der block.  
13. Add antifreeze to radiator as described in Checking  
the Cooling System.  
7. Reconnect throttle cable (Fig. 19).  
A. Run throttle cable to engine (25).  
14. Slide the left foot rest (5) (Fig. 17) onto the adjusting  
rod (2) (Fig. 18). Reinstall cap screws (3) and flange nut  
(4) securing the left footrest (5) to the frame. Tighten cap  
screws (Fig. 17).  
B. Reinstall clevis pin (29), throttle tab (30), and  
throttle cable to the engine governor lever. Reinstall  
and lock cotter pin (31) to the clevis pin.  
15. Connect adjusting rod to brake arm (3) Install and  
lock cotter pin (1) to the adjusting rod (2) (Fig. 18).  
C. Install throttle cable into the throttle cable clamp  
(26). Tighten cap screw (43).  
16. Reinstall fender bracket (2) and left fender (1) to the  
radiator side of the frame (Fig. 17).  
8. Reinstall exhaust system (Fig. 19).  
A. Position muffler (14) and muffler gasket (45)  
onto the exhaust manifold. Install capscrews (39)  
and flat washers (11) to the muffler and exhaust  
manifold. Tighten cap screws.  
A. Secure both cap screws (3) and left fender  
bracket (2) to the frame.  
B. Reinstall remaining cap screws (3) and flange  
nuts (4) securing the fender to the fender bracket  
and frame.  
B. Reinstall cap screws (36) and washers (13) into  
the muffler and right rear mount bracket (46).  
C. Secure cap screw (3) and flange nut (4) to the  
left foot rest (5) and the left fender (1).  
C. Slide muffler tube through the U–clamp (17).  
Connect muffler tube to the muffler. Tighten nut (20)  
and U–clamp.  
17. Replace traction pump drive belt as described in  
Traction (Electric) Clutch of the Service and Repairs  
section of Chapter 5 – Electrical System.  
D. Reinstall muffler clamp (19) to the muffler (14)  
and muffler tube (15).  
18. Adjust traction pump drive belt as described in the  
Adjustment section of Chapter 4 – Hydraulic system.  
9. Reconnect hydraulic hoses from the oil cooler.  
A. Unplug hydraulic hose (2) and hydraulic elbow  
fitting (3). Connect hydraulic supply hose to the hy-  
draulic elbow fitting. Tighten hose clamp (1) (Fig.  
21).  
19. Connect negative (–) and then positive (+) battery  
cables at the battery.  
20. Adjust hand brake as described in the Adjustment  
section of Chapter 6 – Wheels and Brakes.  
B. Unplug hydraulic return hose (2) and hydraulic  
fitting (3). Connect hydraulic return hose to the hy-  
draulic fitting. Tighten hose clamp (1) (Fig. 20).  
21. Adjust throttle linkage as described in the Adjust-  
ment section of this chapter.  
10. Connect hoses to the engine (Fig. 19).  
22. Bleed fuel system. See Bleeding the Fuel System.  
A. Connect fuel hose (return) to the injector nozzle  
piping and tighten hose clamp.  
23. Check oil level as described in Changing the Engine  
OIl and Filter.  
B. Unplug fuel hose (44). Connect fuel hose to the  
lift pump and tighten hose clamp (38).  
24. Replace access covers to the engine.  
A. Reinstall left rear panel (radiator side) which  
supports the instrument panel.  
C. Connect upper radiator hose (18) and lower ra-  
diator hose (24) to the engine. Tighten hose clamps  
(23).  
B. Reinstall right side panel which accesses the  
traction pump drive belt.  
D. Connect air filter hose to the engine (25).  
C. Reinstall hood to the machine and close.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 19  
Engine  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Engine  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 3 – 20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4  
Hydraulic System  
Table of Contents  
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Hydraulic Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Hydraulic Fitting Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Checking the Hydraulic System Fluid . . . . . . . . . . 5  
Changing the Hydraulic System Fluid and Filter . 6  
Pushing or Towing the Traction Unit . . . . . . . . . . . 6  
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7  
HYDRAULIC FLOW DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8  
Raise Cutting Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8  
Traction Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10  
Traction Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12  
Mow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14  
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16  
Hydraulic Pressure Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16  
Hydraulic Tester – Pressure and Flow . . . . . . . . 16  
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Hydraulic Oil Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Foaming Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Hydraulic System Operates Hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Neutral Is Difficult to Find or Operates in One  
TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
Test No. 1: Traction Pump Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20  
Test No. 2: Charge Pump Flow and  
Implement Relief Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22  
Test No. 3: Charge Relief Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 24  
Test No. 4: Real Drive Pump Efficiency . . . . . . . 26  
Test No. 5: Manifold Relief Valve Pressure . . . . 28  
Test No. 6: Cross–over Relief Pressures . . . . . . 30  
Test No. 7: Reel Motor Case Drain . . . . . . . . . . . 32  
ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34  
Transmission for Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34  
Traction Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35  
Traction Pedal Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35  
Hydraulic Pump Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36  
SERVICE AND REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37  
Traction/Charge Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37  
Wheel Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44  
2WD/3WD Two Position Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54  
Reel Motor Drive Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57  
Reel Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60  
Hydraulic Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63  
Front Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67  
Rear Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71  
Control and Implement Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . 74  
Hydraulic Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77  
Flushing the Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79  
Hydraulic System Start–up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80  
Direction Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Traction Response Is Sluggish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
No Traction in Either Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Wheel Motor Will Not Turn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18  
Wheel Motor Will Not Hold Load In Neutral . . . . 18  
Noisy Wheel Motor Drive Pump (Cavitation) . . . 18  
Reels Will Not Turn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18  
Reel Speed Is Erratic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18  
Reel Motor Case Drain Flow Is Excessive . . . . . 18  
Cutting Units Will Not Lift or Lift Slowly . . . . . . . . 18  
Cutting Units Raise, but Will Not Stay Up . . . . . . 18  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 1  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Specifications  
Item  
Description  
Traction Pump  
Variable displacement piston pump  
3000 PSI (207 bar)  
5000 PSI (345 bar)  
3600 RPM  
Maximum Operating Pressure  
Maximum Intermittent Pressure  
Maximum Rated Speed  
Rated Flow @ Maximum Rated Speed and Pressure  
17 GPM (64 LPM)  
Charge Pump  
Maximum Operating Pressure  
Maximum Rated Speed  
Gerotor pump  
500 PSI (34.5 bar)  
3600 RPM  
Rated Flow @ Maximum Rated Speed and Pressure  
Charge Pressure  
3.5 GPM (13.2 LPM)  
100 to 150 PSI (6.9 to 10.0 bar)  
Implement (Lift) Relief Valve  
Implement Relief Pressure  
Differential area relief valve  
450 – 525 PSI (31.1 to 36.2 bar)  
Wheel Motors  
Orbital rotor pump (with shuttle valve on left front motor)  
Maximum Operating Pressure  
Maximum Intermittent Pressure  
Maximum Rated Speed  
2000 PSI (138 bar)  
3000 PSI (207 bar)  
267 RPM  
Rated Flow @ Maximum Rated Speed and Pressure  
15 GPM (57 LPM)  
Reel Motor Drive Pump  
Positive displacement gear type pump  
4000 PSI (276 bar)  
Maximum Operating Pressure  
Maximum Intermittent Pressure  
Maximum Rated Speed  
4400 PSI (304 bar)  
4000 RPM  
Rated Flow @ Maximum Rated Speed and Pressure  
8.5 GPM (32 LPM)  
Hydraulic Manifold Relief Valve  
Cutting Circuit Relief Pressure  
Differential area relief valve  
2700 to 3300 PSI (186.3 to 227.7 bar)  
Reel Motor  
Gear motor  
1350 to 1650 PSI (93.2 to 113.9 bar)  
2250 PSI (155 bar)  
Cross–over Relief Pressure  
Maximum Operating Pressure  
Maximum Intermittent Pressure  
Maximum Rated Speed  
3000 PSI (207 bar)  
3000 RPM  
Rated Flow @ Maximum Rated Speed and Pressure  
28.6 GPM (108 LPM)  
Lift Control Valve  
Hydraulic Filter  
Hydraulic Oil  
Spool type directional control valve  
10 Micron spin–on cartridge type  
* Mobil 424/Shell Donax TD or equivalent  
Hydraulic Reservoir  
Reservoir capacity 2.3 gal. U.S. (8.7 L)  
Total system capacity approximately 3.3 gal. U.S. (12.5 L)  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 2  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
General Information  
Hydraulic Hoses  
Hydraulic hoses are subject to extreme conditions such  
as pressure differentials during operation and exposure  
to weather, sun, chemicals, very warm storage condi-  
tions, or mishandling during operation or maintenance.  
Theseconditionscancausedamageorprematuredete-  
rioration. Some hoses are more susceptible to these  
conditions than others. Inspect the hoses frequently for  
signs of deterioration or damage.  
WARNING  
Before disconnecting or performing any  
work on hydraulic system, all pressure in  
system must be relieved by stopping the  
engine and lowering or supporting the  
box and/or other attachment.  
When replacing a hydraulic hose, be sure that the hose  
is straight (not twisted) before tightening the fittings.  
This can be done by observing the imprint on the hose.  
Use two wrenches; hold the hose straight with one and  
tighten the hose swivel nut onto the fitting with the other.  
Keep body and hands away from pin hole  
leaks or nozzles that eject hydraulic fluid  
under high pressure. Use paper or card-  
board, not hands, to search for leaks.  
Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure  
can have sufficient force to penetrate the  
skin and cause serious injury. If fluid is  
injected into the skin, it must be surgical-  
lyremovedwithinafewhoursbyadoctor  
familiar with this type of injury. Gangrene  
may result from such an injury.  
Hydraulic Fitting Installation  
O–Ring Face Seal  
Nut  
Body  
1. Make sure both threads and sealing surfaces are  
free of burrs, nicks, scratches, or any foreign material.  
Sleeve  
2. Make sure the O–ring is installed and properly  
seated in the groove. It is recommended that the O–ring  
be replaced any time the connection is opened.  
Seal  
3. Lubricate the O–ring with a light coating of oil.  
4. Put the tube and nut squarely into position on the  
face seal end of the fitting and tighten the nut until finger  
tight.  
Figure 1  
5. Mark the nut and fitting body. Hold the body with a  
wrench. Useanotherwrenchtotightenthenuttothecor-  
rect flats from finger tight (F.F.F.T.). The markings on the  
nut and fitting body will verify that the connection has  
been tightened.  
Final  
Position  
Mark Nut  
and Body  
Size  
F.F.F.T.  
Initial  
Position  
Extend Line  
4 (1/4 in. nominal hose or tubing)  
6 (3/8 in.)  
8 (1/2 in.)  
10 (5/8 in.)  
12 (3/4 in.)  
.75 + .25  
.75 + .25  
.75 + .25  
1.00 + .25  
.75 + .25  
.75 + .25  
Finger Tight  
After Proper Tightening  
Figure 2  
16 (1 in.)  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 3  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SAE Straight Thread O–Ring Port – Non–adjustable  
1. Make sure both threads and sealing surfaces are  
free of burrs, nicks, scratches, or any foreign material.  
2. Always replace the O–ring seal when this type of fit-  
ting shows signs of leakage.  
O–Ring  
3. Lubricate the O–ring with a light coating of oil.  
4. Install the fitting into the port and tighten it down full  
length until finger tight.  
5. Tighten the fitting to the correct flats from finger tight  
(F.F.F.T.).  
Size  
F.F.F.T.  
4 (1/4 in. nominal hose or tubing)  
6 (3/8 in.)  
8 (1/2 in.)  
10 (5/8 in.)  
12 (3/4 in.)  
1.00 + .25  
1.50 + .25  
1.50 + .25  
1.50 + .25  
1.50 + .25  
1.50 + .25  
16 (1 in.)  
SAE Straight Thread O–Ring Port – Adjustable  
1. Make sure both threads and sealing surfaces are  
free of burrs, nicks, scratches, or any foreign material.  
2. Always replace the O–ring seal when this type of fit-  
ting shows signs of leakage.  
Lock Nut  
3. Lubricate the O–ring with a light coating of oil.  
Back–up Washer  
4. Turn back the jam nut as far as possible. Make sure  
the back up washer is not loose and is pushed up as far  
as possible (Step 1).  
O–Ring  
5. Install the fitting into the port and tighten finger tight  
until the washer contacts the face of the port (Step 2).  
Figure 4  
6. To put the fitting in the desired position, unscrew it  
by the required amount, but no more than one full turn  
(Step 3).  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
7. Hold the fitting in the desired position with a wrench  
and turn the jam nut with another wrench to the correct  
flats from finger tight (F.F.F.T.) (Step 4).  
Size  
F.F.F.T.  
Step 4  
4 (1/4 in. nominal hose or tubing)  
6 (3/8 in.)  
8 (1/2 in.)  
10 (5/8 in.)  
12 (3/4 in.)  
1.00 + .25  
1.50 + 25  
1.50 + .25  
1.50 + .25  
1.50 + .25  
1.50 + .25  
16 (1 in.)  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 4  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Checking the Hydraulic System Fluid  
The hydraulic system is designed to operate on anti–  
wear hydraulic fluid. The machine’s reservoir is filled at  
the factory with approximately 3.3 gallons (12.5 liters) of  
Mobil 424 hydraulic fluid. Check level of hydraulic  
fluid before engine is first started and daily thereaf-  
ter.  
1
Group 1 Hydraulic Fluid (Recommended for ambi-  
ent temperatures consistently below 100_ F.):  
2
ISO type 46/68 anti–wear hydraulic fluid  
Mobil  
Mobil Fluid 424  
Amoco 1000  
Hy–Tran  
Amoco  
Figure 6  
International Harvester  
Texaco  
1. Hydraulic reservoir cap  
2. Sight gauge  
TDH  
Shell  
Donax TD  
IMPORTANT: Use only types of hydraulic fluids  
specified. Other fluids could cause system damage.  
Union OIl  
Chevron  
BP Oil  
Hydraulic/Tractor Fluid  
Tractor Hydraulic Fluid  
BP HYD TF  
Note: A red dye additive for the hydraulic system fluid  
is available in 2/3 oz bottles. One bottle is sufficient for  
4 to 6 gallons (15 to 22 liters) of hydraulic fluid. Order  
Part No. 44–2500 from your Authorized Toro Distributor.  
Boron OIl  
Exxon  
Eldoran UTH  
Torque Fluid  
Power–Tran 3  
Hyken 052  
Conoco  
Kendall  
1. Position machine on a level surface. Make sure en-  
gine is off and parking brake is set.  
Phillips  
HG Fluid  
2. Check level of the fluid by viewing into the sight  
gauge. If the fluid is cold, the level should be at the bot-  
tom of the gauge. If the fluid is hot, the level should be  
at the center of the gauge.  
Note: The fluids within this group are interchange-  
able.  
Group 2 Hydraulic Fluid (Biodegradable):  
ISO VG 32/46 anti–wear hydraulic fluid  
3. If fluid level is not at center of gauge, remove cap  
from the hydraulic fluid reservoir and slowly fill reservoir  
with Mobil 424 or equivalent hydraulic fluid until level  
reaches center of sight gauge. DO NOT OVERFILL  
Mobil  
EAL 224 H  
IMPORTANT: Due to the nature of biodegradable  
fluids, it is critical that the fluid be changed at the  
recommendedintervals or severe hydraulic compo-  
nent damage may occur.  
IMPORTANT: To prevent system contamination,  
clean top of hydraulic fluid containers before punc-  
turing. Assure pour spout and funnel are clean.  
4.Install reservoir cap. Wipe up any fluid that may have  
spilled.  
Note: The fluid in this group is not compatible with the  
fluids in group 1.  
IMPORTANT: These hydraulic fluids are specified  
to allow optimal operation of the machine in a wide  
range of temperatures encountered. The group 1  
fluids are a multi–viscosity hydraulic fluids which  
allows operation at lower temperatures without the  
increased viscosity that is associated with straight  
viscosity fluids.  
Note: When changing from one type of hydraulic fluid  
to the other, be certain to remove all the old fluid from the  
system, because some brands of one type are not com-  
pletely compatible with some brands of the other type of  
hydraulic fluid.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 5  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing the Hydraulic System Fluid and Filter  
The hydraulic system filter must be changed initially, af-  
ter the first five hours of operation, and thereafter every  
200 hours of operation or yearly, whichever comes first.  
Use a genuine Toro oil filter for replacement. The hy-  
draulic fluid must be changed every 400 hours of opera-  
tion or yearly, whichever comes first.  
1
1. Park the machine on a level surface, lower the cut-  
ting units, set parking brake and turn the engine off.  
2. If only the filter is to be changed, remove reservoir  
capandinsertreservoirplug(Fig. 7), toblockoutlet.This  
will retain most of the fluid in reservoir when filter is re-  
moved.  
2
Figure 7  
3. Clean the area around the hydraulic oil filter. Re-  
move filter from the bottom of the filter housing andallow  
the oil to flow into a drain pan. Use a bottom type filter  
wrench. Dispose of the oil filter properly.  
1. Reservoir plug  
2. Reservoir outlet  
4. Apply a film of oil on the filter gasket. Install filter by  
hand until gasket contacts the mounting head; then  
tighten filter an additional three–fourths turn.  
5. Fill the reservoir to proper level, refer to Checking  
the Hydraulic System Fluid.  
6. Place all controls in neutral or disengaged position  
and start engine. Run engine at lowest possible RPM to  
purge the system of air.  
1
Figure 8  
7. Run engine until lift cylinders extend and retract and  
forward and reverse wheel motion is achieved.  
1. Hydraulic oil filter  
8. Stop the engine and check the oil level in reservoir,  
add oil if necessary.  
9. Check all connections for leaks.  
Pushing or Towing the Traction Unit  
In case of emergency, the Reelmaster 2300–D can be  
towed for a short distance. However, Toro does not rec-  
ommend this as a standard procedure.  
IMPORTANT: Do not tow the machine faster than  
2–3 mph because drive system may be damaged. If  
machine must be moved a considerable distance,  
transport it on a truck or trailer.  
1. Locate by–pass valve on pump and rotate it 90_  
so the by–pass valve is horizontal.  
1
2. Before the starting engine, close by–pass valve by  
rotating it 90_ so the by–pass valve is vertical. Do not  
start engine when valve is open.  
Figure 9  
1. By–pass valve  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 6  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hydraulic Schematic  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 7  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hydraulic Flow Diagrams  
Raise Cutting Units  
The charge pump is part of the traction pump and is di-  
rectly coupled to it. It supplies hydraulic pressure for  
raising and lowering cutting units and maintaining 100  
to 150 PSI to the low pressure side of the traction circuit  
(piston pump). The pump takes its suction through a fil-  
ter from the reservoir.  
lift cylinders. Hydraulic pressure against the cylinder  
pistons pushes the shafts out. At the same time, the pis-  
tons push the hydraulic fluid in the upper and inner por-  
tionsoftheliftcylindersoutandthroughthecontrolvalve  
to the piston pump suction. When the control valve lever  
is released, spring action returns the spool to the center  
position and by–passes flow back to the piston pump  
suction. Lift cylinder movement is stopped. The cylinder  
position is locked in place since there is no complete cir-  
cuit of flow to and from the lift cylinders.  
During conditions of not lifting or lowering cutting units,  
flow from the charge pump goes to the control valve and  
is by–passed (control valve position not shown) directly  
to the suction of the piston pump and the charge relief  
valve.  
Circuit operation for lowering the lift cylinders is similar  
to raising them. However, the control valve spool is  
shifted up and flow is reversed to and from the lift cylin-  
ders, thus moving the cutting units down.  
When the cutting units are to be raised, the control valve  
spool is positioned down and flow is directed out the top  
of the control valve to the lower and outer portions of the  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 8  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 9  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Traction Forward  
The traction pump is driven by the engine through the  
pulley, pump drive belt, and electric clutch. The traction  
circuit of the hydraulic system acts essentially as a  
closed loop. Taking its suction directly from the return  
side of the wheel motors of the traction circuit, the trac-  
tion pump supplies oil flow to the wheel motors through  
the supply side of the traction circuit.  
A small amount of hydraulic oil leaves the traction circuit  
through the bi–directional shuttle valve in the front left  
wheel motor. This oil is cooled as it flows through the  
cooler and returned to the reservoir.  
Filtered hydraulic oil is supplied to the traction circuit  
from the charge pump though the lift control valve and  
back through the charge circuit check valves. This fil-  
tered oil replaces oil losses from flow through the shuttle  
valve and small amounts of leakage. The charge pump  
and shuttle valve circuits allow for indirect cooling and  
filtering of the traction circuit.  
With the engine running, clutch engaged, and traction  
pedal in the neutral position, the traction pump supplies  
no flow to the wheel motors. When the traction pedal is  
pressed to the forward position, the linkage from the  
pedal positions the swash plate in the traction motor so  
oil flows out the top port of the pump. Oil flow out of the  
top port goes to the wheel motors and turns them in the  
forward direction. The 2WD/3WD selector valve allows  
flow to the rear wheel in the 3WD position and by–  
passes the rear wheel in the 2WD position.  
Intheforwarddirection, thePCflowcontrollerhasaspe-  
cial function. When a unit is moving downhill, the opera-  
tor will return the traction pedal to the neutral position.  
In this situation, the front wheel motors act as hydraulic  
pumps and reverse the oil flow through the traction cir-  
cuit. The PC flow controller will restrict flow to the rear  
motor sufficiently, so the reverse flow is by–passed  
through the 2WD/3WD selector (check) valve around  
the rear wheel motor. This action will prevent a loss of  
steering control should the rear motor turn in the reverse  
direction. As a result, there is no 3WD in reverse  
Oil flowing out of the wheel motors returns to the bottom  
port of the traction pump and is continuously pumped  
out the top port. However, oil flow out of the rear wheel  
motor must pass through the check valve portion of the  
PC flow controller before returning to the traction pump.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 10  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 11  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Traction Reverse  
The traction circuit operates essentially the same in re-  
verse as it does in the forward direction. However, the  
flow through the circuit is reversed and by–passes the  
rear wheel motor.  
bottom port. However, oil flow to the rear wheel motor is  
blocked by the check valve portion of the PC flow con-  
troller and forced through the restriction before going to  
the motor. Flow is limited to 2.1 GPM to the rear wheel  
motor. This flow is sufficient to prevent cavitation on the  
rear motor in reverse.  
With the engine running, clutch engaged, and traction  
pedal in the neutral position, the traction pump supplies  
no flow to the wheel motors. When the traction pedal is  
pressed to the reverse position, the linkage from the  
pedal positions the swash plate in the traction motor so  
oil flows out the bottom port of the pump. Oil flow out of  
the bottom port goes to the wheel motors and turns them  
in the reverse direction. The 2WD/3WD selector valve  
by–passes the rear wheel in both the 2WD and 3WD  
positions.  
Becauseof the by–passing of the rear wheel motor in re-  
verse and the resistance to flow of the two front wheel  
motors, all the traction flow is by–passed directly back  
to the traction pump when the traction pedal is initially  
pushed in the reverse direction. This direct by–passing  
of the traction circuit causes a delay in the response of  
the traction pedal in reverse until traction flow exceeds  
2.1 GPM (7.9 LPM) through the PC flow controller.  
Oil flowing out of the wheel motors returns to the top port  
of the traction pump and is continuously pumped out the  
The charge and shuttle valve circuits function the same  
in reverse as they did in the forward direction.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 12  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 13  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Mow  
The reel motor drive pump is directly coupled to the the  
traction pump which is driven directly by the engine  
through the electric clutch. Taking its suction directly  
from the reservoir, the reel motor drive pump supplies oil  
flow to the hydraulic manifold block and to the reel mo-  
tors.  
tridge valve (LC1). The logic cartridge valve maintains  
a pressure differential of 75 PSI (5.2 bar) across the  
speed control valve. Any excess flow above what the  
speedcontrolvalveissetforisbypassedtothereservoir  
through the logic cartridge valve. With the backlap valve  
(MD1) in the mow position, oil flows through the valve  
and reel motors which are connected in series. Oil flows  
through the right, center, and then left reel motor as it  
turns the motors in the mow direction. The oil then re-  
turns to the reservoir.  
With the engine running, the clutch engaged, and the  
cutting unit switch pushed in to the OFF position, oil  
flows into inlet port (P1) and through deenergized sole-  
noid valve (S1) bypassing the reel motors. Oil then flows  
directly back to the reservoir through the oil cooler.  
Relief valve (R1) limits system pressure and is set at  
3000 PSI (207 bar). When the valve opens, oil is di-  
verted back to the reservoir.  
When the cutting unit switch is pulled out to the ON posi-  
tion with the engine running and the clutch engaged, so-  
lenoid valve (S1) is energized and shut, hydraulic  
system pressure builds up, and flow is diverted to the  
reel motors. Oil flow from port (P1) flows through the 11  
position reel speed control valve. Flow across the speed  
control valve is pressure compensated by the logic car-  
Backlapping operation is the same as mowing opera-  
tion, except for the position of the backlap valve (MD1).  
The backlap valve is in the backlap position allowing oil  
flow through the left, center, and then right reel motor as  
it turns the motors in the backlap direction.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 14  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 15  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Special Tools  
Order these tools from the TORO SPECIAL TOOLS  
AND APPLICATIONS GUIDE (COMMERCIAL PROD-  
UCTS).  
Some tools may also be available from a local supplier.  
Hydraulic Pressure Test Kit  
Use to take various pressure readings for diagnostic  
tests. Quick disconnect fittings provided attach directly  
to mating fittings on machine test ports without tools. A  
high pressure hose is provided for remote readings.  
Contains one each, 1000, 5000 and 10000 PSI gauges.  
Use gauges as recommended in Testing section of this  
chapter.  
Figure 10  
Hydraulic Tester – Pressure and Flow  
Figure 11  
This tester requires o–ring face seal (ORFS) adapter fit-  
tings for use on this machine.  
A protector valve cuts out when pressure is about to  
exceed the normal range for the gauge. The cutout  
pressure is adjustable.  
1. INLET HOSE: Hose connected from the system cir-  
cuit to the inlet side of the hydraulic tester.  
4. HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE: High range gauge  
which accommodates pressures beyond the capacity of  
the low pressure gauge, 0 to 5,000 PSI.  
2. LOAD VALVE: A simulated working load is created  
in the circuit by turning the valve to restrict flow.  
5. FLOW METER: This meter measures actual oil flow  
in the operating circuit with a gauge rated at 15 GPM.  
3. LOW PRESSURE GAUGE: Low range gauge to  
provide accurate reading at low pressure, 0 to 1000 PSI.  
6. OUTLET HOSE: A hose from the outlet side of the  
hydraulic tester connects to the hydraulic system circuit.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 16  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
The cause of an improperly functioning hydraulic sys-  
tem is best diagnosed with the use of proper testing  
equipment and a thorough understanding of the com-  
plete hydraulic system.  
Continued use of an improperly functioning hydraulic  
system could lead to extensive internal component  
damage.  
The charts that follow contain information to assist in  
troubleshooting. There may possibly be more than one  
cause for a machine malfunction.  
A hydraulic system with an excessive increase in heat  
or noise has a potential for failure. Should either of these  
conditions be noticed, immediately stop the machine,  
turn off the engine, locate the cause of the trouble, and  
correct it before allowing the machine to be used again.  
Refer to the Testing section of this Chapter for precau-  
tions and specific test procedures.  
Problem  
Possible Cause  
Fitting(s), hose(s), or tube(s) are loose or damaged.  
Hydraulic oil leaks  
O–ring(s) or seal(s) are missing or damaged.  
Oil level in reservoir is low.  
Foaming hydraulic fluid  
Hydraulic system has wrong kind of oil.  
One of the pump suction lines has an air leak.  
Hydraulic system operates hot  
Transmission pressure is high due to load or brakes applied.  
Oil level in reservoir is low, or inlet filter is loose or clogged.  
Oil is contaminated or too light.  
Heat exchanger is damaged or plugged. By–pass relief is stuck  
open or air flow is obstructed.  
Charge pressure is low.  
Towing by–pass valve is open or defective.  
Wheel motor(s) or reel motor(s) are worn or damaged.  
Traction pump is worn or damaged.  
Neutral is difficult to find or unit oper-  
ates in one direction only  
External control linkage is misadjusted, disconnected, binding, or  
damaged.  
Traction pump is worn or damaged.  
Traction response is sluggish  
No traction in either direction  
Charge pressure is low. Hydraulic oil is very cold.  
Towing by–pass valve is open or worn. Brake is not released.  
Traction pump or wheel motor(s) are worn or damaged.  
Brake is not released.  
Oil level in reservoir is low.  
Towing by–pass valve is open.  
Charge pressure is low.  
Traction pump or wheel motor(s) are worn or damaged.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 17  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
Possible Cause  
Wheel motor will not turn  
Internal parts in wheel motor are damaged.  
Brakes are binding.  
Key on wheel motor shaft is sheared or missing.  
Make up fluid from charge pump is not available.  
Wheel motor will not hold load in  
neutral  
Flow control setting is wrong for reverse.  
Reservoir oil level is low.  
Noisy reel motor drive pump (cavita-  
tion)  
Suction line is restricted.  
Suction line has an air leak.  
Reels will not turn  
Cross–over relief valve(s) are stuck open. (The other reels will still  
rotate.)  
Valve S1 is stuck open.  
An electrical problem exists. (See Chapter 5–Electrical System)  
Relief valve R1 is stuck open.  
LC1 logic valve is stuck open.  
Reel motor drive pump is damaged.  
Reel speed is erratic  
Reel to bedknife adjustment is too tight.  
Reel bearing(s) are damaged.  
Reel motor case drain flow is exces-  
sive. Flow is greater than 0.7 GPM  
at 1200 PSI (2.6 LPM at 82.8 bar).  
Excessive internal wear in wheel motor exists.  
Reel bearing(s) are damaged.  
Engine speed is too low.  
Cutting units will not lift or lift slowly  
Pump pulley drive belt is loose.  
Charge pump is damaged.  
Lift valve control linkage is binding or broken.  
Lift cylinder bushings bind.  
Reservoir oil level is low.  
Inlet filter is loose or clogged.  
Charge pump pressure or flow is insufficient.  
Implement relief valve is stuck open.  
Lift control valve is damaged.  
Lift cylinders leak internally.  
Lift cylinders leak internally.  
Cutting units raise, but will not stay  
up  
Lift valve leaks.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 18  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Testing  
The most effective method for isolating problems in the  
hydraulic system is by using hydraulic test equipment  
such as pressure gauges and flow meters in the circuits  
during various operational checks. (See the Special  
Tools section in this Chapter.)  
1. Thoroughly clean the machine before disconnect-  
ingordisassemblinganyhydrauliccomponents. Always  
keep in mind the need for cleanliness when working on  
hydraulic equipment. Contamination will cause exces-  
sive wear of components.  
2. Put caps or plugs on any hydraulic lines left open or  
exposed during testing or removal of components.  
CAUTION  
3. The engine must be in good operating condition.  
Use a tachometer when making a hydraulic test. Engine  
speed can affect the accuracy of the tester readings.  
Failure to use gauges with recommended  
pressure (psi) rating as listed in test pro-  
cedures could result in damage to gauge  
and possible personal injury from leaking  
hot oil.  
4. To prevent damage to tester or components, the in-  
let and the outlet hoses must be properly connected,  
and not reversed (tester with pressure and flow capabili-  
ties).  
Before Performing Hydraulic Tests  
5. To minimize the possibility of damaging compo-  
nents, completely open load valve in hydraulic tester  
(when using tester with pressure and flow capabilities).  
All obvious areas such as oil supply, filter, binding link-  
age, loose fasteners, or improper adjustments must be  
checked before assuming that a hydraulic component is  
the source of the problem being experienced.  
6. Install fittings finger tight, far enough to insure that  
they are not cross–threaded, before tightening with a  
wrench.  
7. Position the tester hoses so that rotating machine  
parts will not make contact with them and result in hose  
or tester damage.  
WARNING  
Before disconnecting or performing any  
work on the hydraulic system, all pres-  
sure in the system must be relieved by  
stopping the engine and lowering or  
supporting the cutting units or other  
implements.  
8. Check the oil level in the reservoir.  
9. Check the control linkage for improper adjustment,  
binding or broken parts.  
10. Allhydraulictestsshouldbemadewiththehydraulic  
oil at normal operating temperature.  
Keep body and hands away from pin hole  
leaks or nozzles that eject hydraulic fluid  
under high pressure. Use paper or card-  
board, not hands, to search for leaks.  
Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure  
can have sufficient force to penetrate  
skin and cause serious injury. If fluid is  
injected into the skin, it must be surgical-  
lyremovedwithinafewhoursbyadoctor  
familiar with this type of injury. Gangrene  
may result from such an injury.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 19  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TEST NO. 1: Traction Pump Flow  
WHEEL MOTOR  
RIGHT  
FORWARD  
REVERSE  
TO REAR WHEEL MOTOR  
FROM REAR WHEEL MOTOR  
PC FLOW CONTROL  
2.1 GPM  
TESTER  
TOP  
BOTTOM  
FROM CONTROL VALVE  
TO CONTROL VALVE  
FRONT  
TOP  
CHARGE PUMP  
FROM FROM RESERVOIR  
BOTTOM  
TRACTION PUMP  
REVERSE  
(FRONT  
LINE)  
FORWARD  
(REAR  
TO RESERVOIR  
FRONT  
LINE)  
TO HYDRAULIC MANIFOLD PORT T2  
FORWARD  
DISCHARGE  
WHEEL MOTOR  
LEFT  
High Pressure  
Low Pressure  
Return or Suction  
Flow  
FRONT  
Figure 12  
Page 4 – 20  
Hydraulic System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Procedure for Traction Pump Flow Check:  
11. Clean hose fitting and disconnect hose from the el-  
bow connection on the top of the traction pump.  
1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem-  
perature by operating the machine for approximately 10  
minutes.  
IMPORTANT: Make sure oil flow indicator arrow on  
the flow gauge is showing that the oil will flow from  
the motor through the tester and into the hose.  
2. Makesuremachineisparkedonalevelsurfacewith  
the cutting units lowered and off. Make sure engine is  
off.  
12. Install tester in series with the motor and the discon-  
nected hose. Make sure the flow control valve is fully  
open.  
3. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full.  
13. One person should sit on the seat and operate the  
machine while another person reads the tester. Start en-  
gine and move the throttle to full speed (3200 " 100  
RPM).  
4. Make sure that traction pedal is adjusted to the neu-  
tral position (see Traction Pedal in the Adjustments Sec-  
tion).  
5. Make sure that pump drive belt is adjusted properly.  
(see Hydraulic Pump Drive belt in the Adjustments Sec-  
tion).  
CAUTION  
6. Blockuponefronttractionwheeloffthefloortoallow  
flow through the traction circuit.  
Use extreme caution when taking gauge  
readings. The front tire on the ground will  
be trying to move the machine forward.  
7. Chock remaining wheels to prevent movement of  
the machine.  
14. Slowly push traction pedal into fully forward posi-  
tion.  
8. Attach a heavy chain to the rear of the machine  
frame and something solid in the shop.  
15. Close flow control valve until pressure gauges read  
1000 PSI. Verify pump speed of 2700 RPM with a photo-  
tac.  
9. Make sure parking brake is off.  
10. Put 2WD/3WD selector to 2WD so the rear wheel  
will not spin.  
16. Observe flow gauge.  
TESTER READING: minimum flow of 13 GPM  
17. Release traction pedal and turn off machine.  
CAUTION  
18. Disconnect tester from elbow connection and hose.  
Reconnect hose to elbow connection.  
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
19. If specifications are not met, the traction pump  
needs to be repaired or replaced as necessary.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 21  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TEST NO. 2: Charge Pump Flow and Implement Relief Pressure  
CONTROL VALVE  
TO WHEEL MOTORS  
VALVE TOP  
TO LIFT CYLINDER  
BOTTOM  
IN (FRONT)  
OUT (REAR)  
FROM LIFT CYLINDER  
BOTTOM  
2
1
FRONT  
TESTER  
TOP  
IMPLEMENT RELIEF  
FILTER  
CHARGE PUMP  
BOTTOM  
RESERVOIR  
TRACTION PUMP  
FRONT  
REEL MOTOR  
RETURN FROM MANIFOL  
DRIVE PUMP  
TO MANIFOLD  
COOLER  
High Pressure  
Low Pressure  
Return or Suction  
Flow  
DISCHARGE  
FRONT  
Figure 13  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 22  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Procedure for Charge Pump Flow Check:  
2. Operate engine at full speed (3200 100 RPM).  
1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem-  
perature by operating the machine for approximately 10  
minutes.  
3. Make sure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.  
4. Watch pressure gauge carefully. Make sure lift lever  
to the cutting units is in the neutral position. Record the  
pressure.  
2. Makesuremachineisparkedonalevelsurfacewith  
the cutting units lowered. Make sure engine is off and  
the parking brake is engaged.  
5. While holding the lift lever in the raised position,  
watch the pressure gauge. Record pressure the relief  
valve opens at.  
3. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full.  
6. Return lift lever to neutral position. Shut off engine.  
CAUTION  
7. Subtract the relief valve closed pressure from the  
relief valve open pressure (see example below). The dif-  
ference should be from 450 to 500 PSI.  
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
A. If this specification is not met, adjust relief valve.  
B. If this specification is met, go to step 9.  
4. Disconnect outside top hose from the discharge fit-  
ting of the charge pump. Connect gage end of tester to  
the pump discharge fitting.  
Example Calculation  
PRESSURE  
Relief Valve Open  
(Lever to Raise)  
620  
5. Connect the other end of the tester to the discon-  
nected hose.  
Relief Valve Closed  
(Lever in Neutral)  
150  
470  
CAUTION  
Open less Closed Pressure  
(450 to 500 PSI)  
Make sure that all hoses are free of the fly-  
wheel after installation.  
8. Adjusting the relief valve pressure as follows:  
A. Remove the cap from the relief valve.  
6. Operate engine at full speed (3200 100 RPM).  
B. To increase the relief valve pressure set point,  
use an allen wrench and turn set screw slightly  
clockwise.  
7. Make sure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.  
8. Make sure that traction pedal and lift valve are in  
neutral and the parking brake is engaged.  
C. To decrease the relief valve pressure set point,  
use an allen wrench and turn set screw slightly  
counterclockwise.  
9. Watch flow and pressure gauges carefully while  
slowly closing the flow control valve until the pressure  
gauge reads 500 PSI.  
D. Repeat steps 1 through 8 above until the relief  
valve pressure set point is correct. Reinstall cap on  
valve when valve is set properly.  
10. Minimum flow gauge reading should be 2.5 GPM.  
If specification is not met, repair or replace pump.  
Procedure for Implement Relief Check:  
E. If the relief valve pressure set point can not be  
adjusted to specification, go to step 9 and replace  
the relief valve.  
CAUTION  
Note: If the pressure and flow are within specification  
but the cutting units do not lift or lift slowly, check for me-  
chanical binding or internal leakage of the lift cylinder.  
Do not allow charge pressure to exceed  
650 PSI.  
9. Disconnect tester from the pump and hose. Recon-  
nect hose to the pump.  
1. Fully open control valve on the tester.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 23  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TEST NO. 3: Charge Pump Relief Pressure  
TO WHEEL MOTORS  
TO LIFT CYLINDER  
VALVE TOP  
BOTTOM  
IN (FRONT)  
OUT (REAR)  
FROM LIFT CYLINDER  
BOTTOM  
2
1
CONTROL VALVE  
FRONT  
IMPLEMENT RELIEF  
T–CONNECTION AND GAUGE  
TOP  
FILTER  
CHARGE PUMP  
BOTTOM  
RESERVOIR  
TRACTION PUMP  
FRONT  
COOLER  
REEL MOTOR  
DRIVE PUMP  
RETURN FROM MANIFOLD  
TO MANIFOLD  
High Pressure  
TO CHARGE  
RELIEF  
Low Pressure  
Return or Suction  
Flow  
FRONT  
Figure 14  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 24  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Procedure for Charge Pump Relief Check:  
1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem-  
perature by operating the machine for approximately 10  
minutes.  
CAUTION  
Make sure that all hoses are free of the fly-  
wheel after installation.  
2. Makesuremachineisparkedonalevelsurfacewith  
the cutting units lowered. Make sure engine is off and  
the parking brake is engaged.  
5. Operate engine at full speed (3200 100 RPM).  
3. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full.  
6. Make sure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.  
7. Make sure that traction pedal and lift valve are in  
neutral and the parking brake is engaged.  
CAUTION  
8. Pressure gauge should read from 100 to 150 PSI.  
If Specification is not met, replace charge relief valve.  
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
9. Shut off engine.  
10. Disconnect gauge and T–connection from the  
pump and hose. Reconnect hose to the pump.  
4. Disconnect hose from the front fitting of the charge  
pump leading to the control valve. Connect T–connector  
and gauge to the pump and hose fitting.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 25  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TEST NO. 4: Reel Drive Pump Efficiency  
FILTER  
TO CHARGE PUMP  
BOTTOM  
RESERVOIR  
TO TRACTION PUMP  
FRONT  
COOLER  
REEL DRIVE PUMP  
P1  
G1  
M2  
D1  
High Pressure  
Low Pressure  
Return or Suction  
FC1  
LC1  
RH  
M1  
M5  
MD1  
Flow  
D3  
R1  
CTR  
LH  
S1  
M6  
M4  
FROM LEFT  
WHEEL MOTOR  
D2  
M3  
T2  
HYDRAULIC MANIFOLD  
2
3
TESTER  
3
1
Figure 15  
1. Hose fitting  
2. Reel drive pump  
3. O–ring  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 26  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Procedure for Reel Drive Pump Efficiency Check:  
5. Install tester in series with reel drive pump and the  
disconnected hose leading to port P1 of the hydraulic  
manifold. Make sure the flow control valve is fully open.  
1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem-  
perature by operating the machine for approximately 10  
minutes.  
6. Make sure backlap knob on the valve block is in the  
mow position.  
2. Makesuremachineisparkedonalevelsurfacewith  
the cutting units lowered. Make sure engine is off and  
the parking brake is engaged.  
7. Make sure tester load valve is fully before starting  
the engine.  
3. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full.  
8. Start engine and move throttle to full speed (3200 "  
100 RPM). Do not engage the cutting units.  
9. Watch pressure gauge carefully while slowly clos-  
ing the flow control valve until 1500 PSI is obtained.  
Verifywithaphototacthatthepumpspeedis2900RPM.  
CAUTION  
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
10. Flow indication should be 5.4 GPM minimum.  
11. Shut off engine.  
12. Disconnect tester from manifold and hose. Recon-  
nect hose to the pump.  
4. Clean hose connection and reel drive pump. Dis-  
connect hose connection on the reel drive pump leading  
port P1 on the hydraulic manifold.  
13. If flow was less than 5.4 GPM or a pressure of 1500  
PSIcannotbeobtained, checkforrestrictioninthepump  
intake line. If line is not restricted, remove pump and re-  
pair or replace as necessary.  
IMPORTANT: Make sure oil flow indicator arrow on  
the flow gauge is showing that the oil will flow from  
the pump through the tester and into the valve  
block.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 27  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TEST NO. 5: Manifold Relief Valve Pressure  
TESTER  
G1  
FROM REEL  
DRIVE PUMP  
M2  
D1  
RH  
MD1  
M1  
M5  
D3  
CTR  
M6  
M4  
TO COOLER  
LH  
FROM CARTRIDGE  
VALVES AND LEFT  
WHEEL MOTOR  
D2  
M3  
SHUTTLE VALVE  
High Pressure  
Low Pressure  
Return or Suction  
HYDRAULIC MANIFOLD  
Flow  
Install tester in series  
between fitting and  
hose at the motor (right  
hand motor shown).  
Figure 16  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 28  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Procedure for Manifold Relief Valve Pressure  
Check:  
7. Start engine and move throttle to full speed (3200 "  
100 RPM). Engage the cutting units.  
1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem-  
perature by operating the machine for approximately 10  
minutes.  
8. Watch pressure gauge carefully while slowly clos-  
ing the flow control valve until the manifold relief opens.  
9. System pressure should be from 2700 to 3300 PSI.  
A. If specification is not met, adjust relief valve.  
B. If this specification is met, go to step 11.  
2. Makesuremachineisparkedonalevelsurfacewith  
the cutting units lowered. Make sure engine is off and  
the parking brake is engaged.  
3. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full.  
10. Adjusting the relief valve pressure as follows:  
A. Remove the cap from the relief valve.  
CAUTION  
B. To increase the relief valve pressure set point,  
use an allen wrench and turn set screw slightly  
clockwise.  
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
C. To decrease the relief valve pressure set point,  
use an allen wrench and turn set screw slightly  
counterclockwise.  
4. Clean hose connection and right hand reel motor.  
Disconnect the hose leading from the right hand reel  
motor to port M2 on the hydraulic manifold.  
D. Repeat steps 1 through 10 above until the relief  
valve pressure set point is correct. Reinstall cap on  
valve when valve is set properly.  
IMPORTANT: Make sure oil flow indicator arrow on  
the flow gauge is showing that the oil will flow from  
the hose through the tester and into the motor.  
E. If the relief valve pressure set point can not be  
adjusted to specification, go to step 11 and replace  
the relief valve.  
5. Installtesterinserieswiththehoseandmotor. Make  
sure the flow control valve is fully open.  
11. Disengage cutting units. Shut off engine.  
6. Make sure backlap knob on the valve block is in the  
mow position. Make sure reel speed knob is set to posi-  
tion 9 or greater.  
12. Disconnect tester from manifold and hose. Recon-  
nect hose to the pump.  
CAUTION  
Keep away from reels during test to pre-  
vent personal injury from the rotating reel  
blades.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 29  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TEST NO. 6: Cross–over Relief Pressures  
TEST GAUGE  
(TESTING IN MOW)  
G1  
FROM REEL  
DRIVE PUMP  
M2  
D1  
RH  
MD1  
M1  
M5  
D3  
CTR  
M6  
M4  
TO COOLER  
LH  
FROM CARTRIDGE  
VALVES AND LEFT  
WHEEL MOTOR  
D2  
M3  
T–CONNECTION AND GAUGE  
(TESTING IN BACKLAP)  
HYDRAULIC MANIFOLD  
High Pressure  
Low Pressure  
Return or Suction  
Flow  
Figure 17  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 30  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Procedure for Cross–over Relief Pressures Check:  
9. Remove test gauge and put cap on manifold port  
G1.  
1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem-  
perature by operating the machine for approximately 10  
minutes. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full.  
IMPORTANT: Each reel motor has two cross over  
reliefs. Test reliefs in the backlap direction only if  
they are expected to be the problem. After testing  
cross over reliefs in the backlap direction, make  
sure the reel motor couplings are torqued (see Hy-  
draulic Motor Removal and Installation of Chapter 7  
– Cutting Units and Reel Motor in the Service and  
Repair section).  
2. Makesuremachineisparkedonalevelsurfacewith  
the cutting units lowered. Make sure engine is off and  
parking brake is engaged. Back bedknives off all reels.  
CAUTION  
10. Clean left–hand reel motor and its hose connection  
leading to manifold port M3. Disconnect hose connec-  
tion and install pressure gauge with a T–connection be-  
tween the hose connection and the motor.  
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
11. Make sure backlap knob on the valve block is in the  
backlap position.  
3. Clean manifold port G1. Remove cap and install  
pressure gauge in manifold port G1.  
12. One person should sit on the seat and operate the  
machine while another person reads the gauge. Start  
engine and move the throttle to full speed (3200 " 100  
RPM).  
4. Put a block of wood between the blades of the cut-  
ting unit being tested to prevent the reel from rotating.  
5. Make sure backlap knob on the valve block is in the  
mow position.  
CAUTION  
6. One person should sit on the seat and operate the  
machine while another person reads the tester. Start en-  
gine and set throttle to full speed (3200 " 100 RPM).  
Keep away from reels during test to pre-  
vent personal injury from the rotating reel  
blades.  
CAUTION  
Keep away from reels during test to pre-  
vent personal injury from the rotating reel  
blades.  
CAUTION  
Do not allow system pressure to exceed  
1700 PSI. Shut off unit to prevent an over  
pressure condition.  
13. Engage cutting units. Observe pressure gauge.  
CAUTION  
Motor Position  
Right Hand  
Rear  
Pressure Range (PSI)  
1580 to 1680  
Do not allow system pressure to exceed  
1700 PSI. Shut off unit to prevent an over  
pressure condition.  
1540 to 1640  
Left Hand  
1500 to 1600  
7. Engage cutting units. Observe pressure gauge.  
14. Disengage cutting units and stop engine. If specifi-  
cations are not met, the cross–over relief needs replac-  
ing. Remove block of wood from cutting unit and repeat  
test on other reels in the same direction of flow.  
Motor Position  
Right Hand  
Rear  
Pressure Range (PSI)  
1500 to 1600  
1540 to 1640  
Left Hand  
1580 to 1680  
15. Remove test gauge and reconnect hose to motor.  
Adjust bed bedknife to reel on all cutting units (see Ad-  
justment section of Chapter 7 – Cutting Units.  
8. Disengage cutting units and stop engine. If specifi-  
cations are not met, replace cross–over relief. If specifi-  
cations are met, remove block of wood from cutting unit  
and repeat test on other reels in mow direction.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 31  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TEST NO. 7: Reel Motor Case Drain  
MEASURE CASE DRAIN  
FLOW HERE  
TEST CONNECTION FOR  
R.H. REEL MOTOR SHOWN  
G1  
FROM REEL  
MOTOR  
DRIVE PUMP  
M2  
D1  
RH  
MD1  
TESTER  
M1  
M5  
TO COOLER  
CTR  
D3  
M6  
M4  
LH  
FROM CARTRIDGE  
VALVES AND LEFT  
WHEEL MOTOR  
D2  
M3  
High Pressure  
Low Pressure  
Return or Suction  
HYDRAULIC MANIFOLD  
Flow  
Figure 18  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 32  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Procedure for Reel Motor Case Drain Check:  
1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating tem-  
perature by operating the machine for approximately 10  
minutes. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full.  
CAUTION  
Keep away from reels during test to pre-  
vent personal injury from the rotating reel  
blades.  
2. Makesuremachineisparkedonalevelsurfacewith  
the cutting units lowered. Make sure engine is off and  
the parking brake is engaged.  
7. Engage reels by pulling the knob on the instrument  
panel out. While watching pressure gauges, slowly  
close flow control valve until a pressure of 1200 PSI is  
obtained.  
CAUTION  
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
8. Disengage cutting units and stop engine.  
9. Clean hose fitting and disconnect hose from case  
drain on the manifold block (see table). Plug the man-  
ifold port.  
Motor  
Position  
Manifold Port  
(Case Drain)  
Manifold Port  
(Motor Return)  
10. Put case drain hose into 1 quart container gra-  
duated in ounces (1 liter container graduated in millili-  
ters).  
Right Hand  
Left Hand  
Rear  
D1  
D2  
D3  
M1  
M3  
M6  
11. One person should sit on the seat and operate the  
machine while another person holds the hose and reads  
the tester. Start engine and move the throttle to full  
speed (3200 " 100 RPM).  
3. On suspected bad motor, clean hose connection  
and disconnect hose from motor that returns to the man-  
ifold (see table).  
12. While sitting on seat, engage cutting units by pulling  
the knob on the instrument panel out. Make sure gauge  
pressure still reads 1200 PSI. After 15 seconds, push  
knob on the instrument panel in to disengage cutting  
units. Stop the engine.  
IMPORTANT: Make sure oil flow indicator arrow on  
the flow gauge is showing that the oil will flow from  
the motor through the tester and into the hose.  
13. Measuretheamountofoilcollectedinthecontainer.  
Divide the number of ounces collected by 32 to get gal-  
lons per minute. (Divide the number of milliliters col-  
lected by 250 to get liters per minute).  
4. Install tester in series with the motor and the discon-  
nected return hose. Make sure the flow control valve is  
fully open.  
5. Make sure backlap knob on the valve block is in the  
mow position.  
14. Disconnect tester from motor and hose. Reconnect  
hose to the pump.  
6. One person should sit on the seat and operate the  
machine while another person reads the tester. Start en-  
gine and move the throttle to full speed (3200 " 100  
RPM).  
15. Remove cap from manifold fitting. Reconnect case  
drain hose to the motor.  
16. If flow was greater than 0.7 GPM (2.6 LPM), repair  
or replace the reel motor as necessary.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 33  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
Transmission for Neutral  
If the machine “creeps” when the traction control pedal  
is in the neutral position, the neutral return mechanism  
must be adjusted.  
1
1. Block up under the frame so one of the front wheels  
is off the floor. Place selector control in two wheel drive  
position.  
2
2. Startengine, movethrottletoSLOWandcheckfront  
wheel that is off shop floor; it must not be rotating. Loos-  
en pump plate nuts and rotate pump plate until creep  
does not occur in either direction. When wheel stops ro-  
tating, tighten nuts locking adjustment. Verify the adjust-  
ment with throttle in SLOW and FAST position.  
3. Should the wheel continue to rotate, check for the  
following:  
A. Ball bearing is loose or worn out.  
B. Loose or missing fasteners.  
4
C. Worn fasteners.  
5
3
D. Pump lever loose on control shaft.  
E. Weak or damaged Ieaf springs. Replace.  
F. Internal pump component malfunction.  
Figure 19  
1. Pump plate nut  
2. Pump  
3. Neutral switch  
4. Adjusting screw  
5. Lock nut  
4. After adjusting the pump plate, check neutral switch  
operation and if necessary, adjust as follows:  
A. Loosen locknut securing switch adjusting screw.  
Thread away from switch until capscrew head  
clears switch.  
B. Rotateadjustingscrewtowardswitchuntilcircuit  
through switch is made. Then, turn adjusting screw  
an additional 2–1/2 turns.  
C. Tighten locknut  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 34  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Traction Pedal  
If traction pedal stop cam contacts the footrest when  
pushed fully forward or maximum forward traction  
speed is unattainable, an adjustment to the traction ped-  
al linkage is required.  
2
1. To expose traction rod, remove screws securing  
right fender to frame and remove fender.  
4
2. Loosen jam nuts on each end of traction rod.  
3
3. Rotate rod until pedal stop cam clearance is from  
0.03 to 0.09 inch (0.8 to 2.3 mm) with the pedal de-  
pressed.  
5
4. Retighten jam nuts securing traction rod adjust-  
ment.  
1
IMPORTANT: Verify reverse speed with one front  
wheel off the ground in 2WD and the engine at high  
idle. Reverse wheel speed should be from 120 to 140  
RPM. Damage may result to rear motor if this speed  
is exceeded.  
Figure 20  
1. Traction rod  
2. Damper  
4. Damper bracket  
5. Pedal cam stop  
3. Damper pivot  
5. The stop for reverse travel (under pedal) may be ad-  
justed for slower travel.  
PEDAL STOP CAM  
0.03 to 0.09 in.  
(0.8 to 2.3 mm)  
FOOT PLATE  
Figure 21  
Traction Pedal Damper (Fig. 20)  
1. Toexposetractionpedaldamper, removerighthand  
panel.  
4. Fully compress damper and then release it allowing  
it to extend 0.08 inch (2.0 mm). Tighten locknut securing  
the damper pivot to the damper bracket.  
2. Loosen locknut securing damper pivot to the damp-  
er bracket.  
5. When traction pedal is fully depressed in reverse  
direction, traction pedal must contact reverse stop so  
the damper does not act as the stop in either direction.  
3. Depress traction pedal fully forward and hold.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 35  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hydraulic Pump Drive Belt  
Make sure pump belt is properly tensioned to assure  
proper operation of the machine and prevent unneces-  
sary wear. On new belts, check tension after 8 hours op-  
eration.  
A new hydraulic pump belt should tensioned so it de-  
flects 0.120 inch with a 15 to 17 pound load applied mid-  
way in span of belt. A used belt should tensioned so that  
it deflects 0.120 inch with a 11 to 13 pound load applied  
midway in span of belt.  
2
Note: Tighten belt to eliminate slippage (squealing  
under load) but do not overtighten.  
1
1. Tighten nut on adjustment rod until desired belt ten-  
sion is attained.  
Figure 22  
1. Nut  
2. Adjustment rod  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 36  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Service and Repairs  
Traction/Charge Pump  
11  
10  
1
13  
16  
14  
17  
34  
32  
35  
33  
4
37  
22  
3
2
34  
31  
9
15  
36  
30  
27  
24  
38  
13  
34  
34  
8
26  
21  
7
5
35  
17  
25  
23  
43  
12  
14  
29  
28  
39  
20  
19  
18  
42  
41  
40  
Figure 23  
1. Cap screw  
2. Reel motor drive pump  
3. O–ring  
4. Traction/charge pump  
5. Hose  
6. Hose  
7. Hydraulic fitting  
8. Hydraulic fitting  
9. Hose connection  
10. Hose connection  
11. Hose connection  
12. Hose connection  
13. O–ring  
16. Hydraulic fitting  
17. Hydraulic fitting  
18. Cap screw  
19. Flat washer  
20. Pump lever assembly  
21. Lock nut  
22. Pump mount  
23. Cotter pin  
24. Clevis pin  
30. Tapered lock bushing  
31. Cap screw  
32. Lock nut  
33. Washer  
34. O–ring  
35. O–ring  
36. Set screw  
37. Key  
38. Key  
39. Lock nut  
40. Cap screw  
41. Pump control rod  
42. Spacer  
25. Belt adjustment yoke  
26. Pump drive belt  
27. Pulley  
28. Cap screw  
14. O–ring  
15. Hydraulic fitting  
29. Lock washer  
43. Nut  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 37  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Removal (Fig. 23)  
Installation (Fig. 23)  
1. Before removing any parts, park the machine on a  
level surface, engage parking brake, lower cutting units  
and stop engine. Remove key from the ignition switch.  
1. Mount the traction/charge pump (4) to the pump  
mount (22). Place both cap screws (31) through the  
pump mount and pump base. Install washers (33) and  
lock nuts (32) onto cap screws. Tighten cap screws.  
2. Place key (37) in the keyway on the pump shaft.  
Slide taper lock bushing (30) into place on the pump  
shaft. Tighten set screw (36).  
CAUTION  
Operateallhydrauliccontrolstorelievesystem  
pressure and avoid injury from pressurized hy-  
draulic oil.  
3. Insert cap screws (28) through washers (29) and  
pulley (27). Install pulley to taper lock bushing (30). Start  
cap screws into bushing and leave cap screws loose.  
2. Clean pump assembly and hydraulic connections.  
Label all hose connections for reassembly purposes.  
Put caps or plugs on any hydraulic lines or fittings left  
open or exposed. Install plug into the hydraulic reser-  
voir.  
4. Loosen set screw (36) and adjust pulley (27) so the  
gap between the pulley and pump mount is 0.20 inch.  
Evenly torque cap screws from 90 to 120 in–lb. (104 to  
138 kg–cm) three times each. Readjust as required.  
5. Make sure mounting and O–ring sealing surfaces  
on reel motor drive pump (2) and traction/charge pump  
(4) are clean.  
3. Remove both cap screws (1) from the pump assem-  
bly. Carefully separate the reel motor drive pump (2) and  
O–ring (3) from the traction/charge pump (4). Position  
reel motor drive pump away from traction/charge pump.  
6. Inspect O–ring (3) and replace if damaged or worn.  
Apply clean hydraulic oil to O–ring. Place O–ring on reel  
motor drive pump (2).  
4. Remove hoses (5 and 6) from hydraulic fittings (7  
and 8). Remove hose connections (9, 10, 11, and 12)  
from hydraulic fittings (15, 16, and 17). Allow hoses to  
drain to a suitable container.  
7. Positionreelmotordrivepump(1)totraction/charge  
pump (4). Secure reel motor drive pump to traction/  
charge pump with cap screws (1).  
5. Remove cap screw (40) and lock nut (39) from the  
pump control rod (41), spacer (42), and pump lever as-  
sembly (20).  
8. Coat all O–rings with clean hydraulic oil. Install hy-  
draulicfittings(7, 8, 15, and16)andO–rings(34)intothe  
traction/charge pump (4). Torque these fittings from 23  
to 27 ft–lb and as close to their original position.  
6. Loosenlocknut(21)atthepumpmount(22)andnut  
(43) at the belt adjustment yoke (25). Remove cotter pin  
(23) and clevis pin (24) from the belt adjustment yoke.  
9. Coat all O–rings with clean hydraulic oil. Install hy-  
draulic fittings (17) and O–rings (35) into the traction/  
charge pump (4). Tighten these fittings as close to their  
original position as possible.  
7. Tilt pump mount (22) and remove pump drive belt  
(26) from the pulley (27).  
8. Remove cap screws (28) and lock washers (29)  
from the pulley (27) and taper lock bushing (30). Run  
cap screws into tapped holes in the pulley, then drive  
pulley off the taper lock bushing.  
10. Connect hoses (5 and 6) to hydraulic fittings (7 and  
8); tighten both hose clamps. Connect hose connec-  
tions (9, 10, 11, and 12) to hydraulic fittings (15, 16, and  
17). Tighten all hose connections.  
9. Support traction/charge pump (4). Remove both  
cap screws (31), lock nuts (32), and washers (33) from  
the traction/charge pump and pump mount (22). Sepa-  
rate traction/charge pump from the pump mount.  
11. Replace cap screw (40) through the pump control  
rod (41), spacer (42) and pump lever assembly (20). Se-  
cure lock nut (39) to the capscrew and tighten.  
12. Install pump drive belt (26) onto pulley (27). Align  
the holes of the mounting plate (22) with the holes of the  
belt adjustment yoke (25) and slide clevis pin (24)  
through holes. Secure clevis pin with the cotter pin (23).  
Note: Steps 10 and 11 may be performed depending  
on the extent of the pump repair.  
10. Remove fittings (7, 8, 15, 16, and 17) and O–rings  
(34 and 35) from the traction/charge pump (4).  
13. Adjust pump drive belt (see Adjustments section)  
Tighten lock nut (21) and torque from 60 to 70 ft–lb (8.3  
to 9.7 kg–m).  
11. Unscrew set screw (36) enough to loosen tapered  
lock bushing (30). Slide tapered lock bushing off the  
pump shaft. Remove key (37) from pump shaft.  
14. Remove plug from the hydraulic reservoir.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 38 Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
5
38  
39  
6
4
3
13  
11  
2
17  
18  
16  
7
1
19  
20  
KEY  
23  
24  
22  
40  
21  
18  
25  
COUPLER  
OUTER RING  
37  
36  
INNER RING  
26  
32  
33  
34  
27  
28  
Figure 24  
1. Cap screw  
15. Housing assembly  
28. Bearing  
29. Rotating parts kit  
30. Key  
2. Charge pump adapter assembly  
3. Gerotor assembly  
4. Bearing  
5. Valve assembly  
6. Valve plate  
7. Screw  
8. Trunnion cover  
9. O–ring cover  
10. O–ring  
16. Seal cover  
17. Shaft seal  
18. Dowel pin  
19. Key  
20. Camplate  
21. Plug  
22. Spring  
23. Seat  
24. Gasket  
25. Backplate assembly  
26. O–ring  
31. Drive shaft  
32. Retaining ring  
33. Bearing race  
34. Thrust bearing  
35. Washer  
36. Shaft seal  
37. Retaining ring  
38. O–ring  
11. Washer  
12. Inner race  
39. O–ring  
13. Bearing  
27. Cap screw  
40. O–ring  
14. Bearing  
Disassembly (Fig. 24)  
4. Remove outer ring from either the inner ring of the  
gerotor assembly (3) or the charge pump adapter as-  
sembly (2). Further disassembly of the gerotor assem-  
bly is not necessary.  
1. Position pump into a vise with protected jaws so the  
charge pump drive shaft is pointed up. Clamp onto the  
mounting flange of the traction pump.  
2. Remove cap screws (1 and 27) and slide charge  
pump adapter assembly (2) from the backplate assem-  
bly (25) clear of the shaft (31) and gerotor assembly (3).  
3. Remove O–ring (26) from the charge pump adapter  
assembly (2).  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 39  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. The charge pump adapter assembly (2) can be dis-  
assembled as follows (see Fig. 25):  
SPRING RETAINER  
SPRING  
A. Unscrew and remove spring retainer from the  
charge pump adapter assembly.  
B. Remove spring and cup poppet from the charge  
pump adapter assembly.  
CUP POPPET  
6. Remove gerotor assembly (3) inner ring and cou-  
pler from the shaft (31).  
SUCTION PORT  
BEARING  
7. Lift backplate assembly (25) up and off from the  
shaft (31) and housing assembly (15). Remove valve  
plate (6) from the backplate assembly or rotating parts  
kit (29).  
CHARGE PUMP  
ADAPTER ASSEMBLY  
8. Remove valve assembly (5) and O–rings (38 and  
39) from the backplate assembly (25). Disassembly of  
the valve assembly is not necessary.  
Figure 25  
VALVE PLATE END  
9. Remove both plugs (21), O–rings (40), spring (22),  
and seats (23) from the backplate assembly (25).  
WASHER  
SPRING  
WASHER  
10. Remove gasket (24) from the housing (15) or back-  
plate assembly (25).  
PINS  
RETAINER  
RETAINING RING  
PISTON BLOCK  
Note: To remove the rotating parts kit (29) from the  
shaft (31), a table or workbench with a hole in the work-  
ing surface is required for the protruding shaft.  
SPIDER  
11. The rotating parts kit (29) can be removed from the  
shaft (31) as follows:  
SPIDER PIVOT  
A. Hold rotating parts kit (29) in place and remove  
the pump from the vise.  
PISTON ASSEMBLIES  
CAMPLATE END  
Figure 26  
B. Position the housing assembly (15) end of the  
pump up and lower the shaft (31) through the hole in  
the table or workbench. Allow rotating parts kit (29)  
to rest on the table.  
B. Use the following parts to disassemble the pis-  
ton block:  
2
1
1
5/16 in. I.D. 15/16 in. O.D. flat washers  
5/16 in. 2–7/8 in. N.C. cap screw  
5/16 in. N.C. nut  
C. Remove rotating parts kit (29) by lifting away the  
housing assembly (15) and shaft (31).  
12. The rotating parts kit (29) can be disassembled as  
follows (see Fig. 26):  
C. Place cap screw through one of the flat washers.  
Insert cap screw through the center of the piston  
block. Install second flat washer onto the capscrew  
so the washer rests on the three pins. Screw nut  
onto the cap screw.  
A. Removeninepistonassemblies, spider, andspi-  
der pivot from the piston block.  
D. Compress spring by tightening the nut onto the  
cap screw. Remove the retaining ring from the pis-  
ton block.  
CAUTION  
Be careful when removing the spring  
from the piston block; the spring is highly  
compressed. Safely compress the spring  
before removing the retaining ring.  
E. Slide washer, spring, second washer, three pins,  
and retainer from the piston block.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 40  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
13. Remove retaining ring (37) from the bore on the  
flange end of the housing assembly (15). Press the shaft  
(31), shaft seal (36), and washer (35) from the housing  
assembly.  
FLANGE  
0.090 to 0.100 in.  
(2.54 to 2.89 mm)  
14. Remove retaining ring (32), washer (35), thrust  
bearing (34), second washer (35), and second retaining  
ring (32) from the shaft (31).  
BEARING  
DEPTH  
15. Remove screws (7), trunnion cover (8), O–ring cov-  
er (9), O–ring (10), washer (11), inner race (12), and  
bearing (13). Remove screws (7), seal cover (16), shaft  
seal (17), washer (11), and bearing (13).  
GEROTOR POCKET  
Figure 27  
16. Position camplate (20) to one side and remove from  
the housing assembly (15).  
0.070 to 0.080 in.  
(1.78 to 2.03 mm)  
0.105 to 0.115 in.  
(2.67 to 2.92 mm)  
Inspection  
CAUTION  
BEARING  
HEIGHT  
ROLL PIN  
HEIGHT  
Use eye protection such as goggles when  
using compressed air  
1. Washallpartsinsolvent. Drypartswithcompressed  
air.  
Figure 28  
FLANGE END OF HOUSING  
2. Inspect charge pump adapter assembly (see Fig.  
25).  
0.062 to 0.078 in.  
(1.57 to 1.98 mm)  
A. Check relief valve seat inside suction port. Make  
sure that seat is smooth and free of burrs or other  
defects. Relief valve spring must not be damaged.  
NUMBERED END  
B. Bearing needles must remain in bearing cage  
and move freely. Verify that bearing depth on the  
flange side meets the dimension in Figure 27.  
BEARING  
DEPTH  
C. Make sure gerotor pocket inside the pump is not  
excessively scored.  
Figure 29  
3. Inspect backplate assembly (25) (see Fig. 24).  
5. Inspect housing assembly (15) (see Fig. 24).  
A. Bearing needles must remain in bearing cage  
and move freely. Verify that bearing height on the  
numbered end meets the dimension in Figure 28.  
A. Verify that bearing depth on the numbered end  
meets the dimension in Figure 29.  
B. Check that the roll pin is tight and meets the  
height in Figure 28.  
B. Bearing needles must move freely and remain in  
their cage.  
C. Replace entire assembly as a unit.  
4. Inspect camplate assembly (20) (see Fig. 24).  
There should be no signs of scoring on the piston shoe  
surfaces.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 41  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Inspect rotating parts kit (see Fig. 26).  
9. Reassemble rotating parts kit as follows (Fig. 26):  
A. Verify that piston O.D. finish shows no wear or  
deep scratches. Piston shoes should fit snuggly  
onto the ball end of the pistons. The shoe surface  
that contacts the camplate should be smooth and  
flat. Do not lap piston shoes.  
A. Use the following parts to reassemble the piston  
block:  
2
1
1
5/16 in. I.D. 15/16 in. O.D. flat washers  
5/16 in. 2–7/8 in. N.C. cap screw  
5/16 in. N.C. nut  
B. Examine the mutual contact surfaces on the spi-  
der and spider pivot; both contact areas should be  
smooth and free of wear.  
B. Compress retainer and install into the spline of  
the piston block.  
C. Thepistonblocksurfacethatmakescontactwith  
the valve plate should be smooth and free of deep  
scratches. Do not lap piston shoes.  
C. Position the head end of pins towards the inside  
of the block. Install the three pins into the special  
grooves in the piston block.  
D. The bore areas of the piston block should be free  
of scoring and contamination. Pistons should move  
freely in the bore areas.  
D. Install a washer, spring, and second washer into  
the piston block.  
E. Place cap screw through one of the flat washers.  
Insert cap screw through the center of the piston  
block. Install second flat washer onto the capscrew  
so the washer rests on the three pins. Screw nut  
onto the cap screw.  
Reassembly (Fig. 24)  
1. Make sure all parts are clean. Lubricate all critical  
moving parts and O–rings with clean hydraulic oil.  
2. If necessary, press new bearing (14) into housing  
assembly (15) to the dimension shown in Figure 29.  
F. Compress spring by tightening the nut onto the  
cap screw. Install the retaining ring into the piston  
block.  
3. Insertcamplate(20)intothehousingassembly(15).  
4. On the short trunnion side of the camplate (20),  
install bearing (13) with numbered side to the inside of  
the pump. Install inner race (12) with the chamfer to-  
wards the inside of the pump. Install washer (11), O–ring  
(10), O–ring cover (9), and trunnion cover (8). Secure  
trunnion cover with two screws (7) torque them from 36  
to 48 in–lb (42 to 55 kg–cm).  
G. Unscrew the nut and remove washer and cap  
screw from the piston block.  
H. Install spider pivot onto the three pins and place  
the spider on the spider pivot.  
I. Insert piston assemblies through the spider and  
into the piston block with the piston shoes resting on  
the spider.  
5. On the long trunnion side of the camplate (20),  
install bearing (13) with numbered side to the inside of  
the pump. Install washer (11) and press shaft seal (17)  
into place. Secure seal cover( 16) with two screws (7)  
and torque them from 36 to 48 in–lb (42 to 55 kg–cm).  
10. Set rotating kit assembly (29) on a working surface  
with the piston shoes facing up. Insert shaft (31) through  
the rotating kit assembly with the flanged end of the  
housing assembly up. Position rotating kit assembly into  
the housing assembly.  
6. Install retaining ring (32) towards the keyed end of  
the shaft (31). Slide washer (33), thrust bearing (34), se-  
cond washer (33), and second retaining ring (32) into  
place over the splined end of the shaft.  
11. Make sure piston block and shaft (31) splines are  
aligned. Make sure piston block is engaged fully so the  
pistonshoesareincontactwiththecamplate(20). Make  
sure all parts are in their proper position be for pro-  
ceeding to the next step.  
7. Position washer (35) and shaft seal (36) onto the  
shaft (31) from the keyed end.  
12. Hold rotating kit assembly (29) in place, and clamp  
housing assembly (15) with the flange end down into a  
vise with protected jaws. Install gasket (24) and two  
dowel pins (18) into the housing assembly (15).  
8. Install shaft (31) into the housing assembly (15)  
from the flanged end. Press shaft seal (36) into position  
with a seal driver. Install retaining ring (37) into the  
flanged end of the housing assembly (15).  
13. If necessary, press new bearing (4) or roll pin into  
backplate assembly (25) to the dimension shown in Fig-  
ure 28. Bearing should be installed with numbered end  
outward. Roll pin should be installed with split oriented  
away from the bearing.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 42  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
14. Install seat (23) and spring (22) into backplate (25).  
Install new O–ring (40) and plug (21) into the backplate  
assembly. Torque plug from 95 to 105 ft–lb (13.1 to 14.5  
kg–m).  
19. Reassemble charge pump adapter assembly (2) as  
follows (see Fig. 25):  
A. Install cup poppet, spring, and spring retainer  
into the charge pump adapter assembly.  
15. Install new O–rings (38 and 39) and valve assembly  
(5) into the backplate assembly (25). Torque valve as-  
sembly from 27 to 30 ft–lb (3.7 to 4.1 kg–m).  
B. Torque retainer from 5 to 7 ft–lb (0.7 to 1.0  
kg–m).  
20. Coat O–ring (26) and outer ring of gerotor assembly  
(3) with a light coat of petroleum jelly. Install O–ring and  
outer ring onto the charge pump adapter assembly (2).  
Installchargepumpadapterplateontothebackplateas-  
sembly (25). Make sure O–ring and outer ring of gerotor  
assembly stay in place.  
16. Coat valve plate (6) with light coat of petroleum jelly  
on the steel side. Align the valve plate to the roll pin on  
the backplate (25). Install steel side of the valve plate to  
the backplate.  
17. Install backplate assembly (25) to the housing as-  
sembly (15). Make sure gasket (24), valve plate (6), and  
dowel pins (18) stay in place.  
21. Secure charge pump adapter assembly (2) and  
backplate assembly (25) to the housing assembly (15)  
with cap screws (1 and 27). Torque cap screws from 17  
to 20 ft–lb ( 2.3 to 22.8 kg–m).  
18. Installinnerringandcouplerofgerotorassembly(3)  
into the backplate assemble (25) so that the V–groove  
on the coupler end enters the backplate assembly first.  
Lubricate the inner ring of the gerotor.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 43  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Wheel Motor  
Front Wheel Removal (Fig. 30)  
1. Before removing any parts from the hydraulic sys-  
tem, park the machine on a level surface, engage the  
parking brake, lower the cutting units and stop the en-  
gine. Remove the key from the ignition switch.  
9 (LH)  
4
7 (LH)  
17 (LH)  
3
CAUTION  
6
8
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
16  
5
1
10  
16  
14  
2
2. Remove wheel and brake assembly from unit (see  
Repair section of Chapter 6 – Wheels and Brakes).  
12  
3. Clean wheel motor (1) and hydraulic connections.  
Label all tube hose connections for reassembly pur-  
poses. Putcapsorplugsonanyhydrauliclinesorfittings  
left open or exposed.  
15  
13  
11  
4. Disconnecttubeconnections(2and3)fromhydrau-  
lic fittings (5 and 6). On the left–hand wheel motor, also  
disconnecthoseconnection(4)fromhydraulicfitting(7).  
Allow hydraulic oil to drain from tubes and hose into a  
suitable container.  
Figure 30  
1. Wheel motor  
10. Cap screw  
11. Lock nut  
2. Tube connection  
3. Tube connection  
4. Hose connection  
5. Hydraulic fitting  
6. Hydraulic fitting  
7. Hydraulic fitting  
8. O–ring  
12. Support frame  
13. Brake bracket  
14. Grass shield  
15. Spacer  
5. Support wheel motor (1). Remove four cap screws  
(10) and lock nuts (11) from support frame (12). Remove  
brake bracket (13), grass shield (14), and spacers (15).  
Pull wheel motor from the support frame.  
16. O–ring  
17. O–ring  
9. O–ring  
4. Install tube connections (2 and 3) to hydraulic fit-  
tings (5 and 6). On the left–hand motor, also ins hose  
connection (4) to hydraulic fitting (7). Tighten connec-  
tions.  
6. Remove hydraulic fittings (5 and 6) and O–ring from  
the wheel motor (1). On the left–hand wheel motor, also  
remove hydraulic fitting (7) from the wheel motor.  
Front Wheel Installation (Fig. 30)  
5. Install wheel and brake to unit (see Repair section  
of Chapter 6 – Wheels and Brakes).  
1. Place and support wheel motor (1) into the support  
frame (12). Insert four cap screws (10) through the sup-  
port frame and wheel motor.  
2. Slide spacers (15), grass shield (14), and brake  
bracket (13) onto the cap screws (10) and wheel motor  
(1). Tighten lock nuts (11) onto cap screws.  
3. Install hydraulic fittings (5 and 6) onto the wheel mo-  
tor (1). On the left–hand wheel motor, also install hy-  
draulic fitting (7) onto the wheel motor. Tighten hydraulic  
fittings.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 44  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3WD Rear Wheel Removal (Fig. 31)  
1. Before removing any parts from the hydraulic sys-  
tem, park the machine on a level surface, engage the  
parking brake, lower the cutting units and stop the en-  
gine. Remove the key from the ignition switch.  
7
1
CAUTION  
2
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
4
5
3
8
2. Clean wheel motor (1) and hydraulic connection.  
Put caps or plugs on any hydraulic lines or fittings left  
open or exposed.  
6
Figure 31  
3. Remove wheel and wheel hub from unit (see Repair  
section of Chapter 6 – Wheels and Brakes).  
1. Wheel motor  
2. Hose connection  
3. Hydraulic fitting  
4. O–ring  
5. Cap screw  
6. Lock nut  
7. Rear wheel fork  
8. O–ring  
4. Disconnect hose connection (2) from hydraulic fit-  
tings (3). Remove O–ring (4). Allow hydraulic oil to drain  
from the hose into a suitable container.  
5. Support wheel motor (1). Remove four cap screws  
(5) and lock nuts (6) from the rear wheel fork (7). Pull  
wheel motor from the rear wheel fork.  
6. Remove hydraulic fitting (3) and O–ring (8) from the  
wheel motor (1).  
Rear Wheel Installation (Fig. 31)  
1. Place and support wheel motor (1) into the rear  
wheel fork (7). Insert four cap screws (5) through the  
rear wheel fork and wheel motor.  
2. Tighten lock nuts (6) onto cap screws (5).  
3. Install hydraulic fitting (3) and O–ring (8) onto the  
wheel motor (1). Tighten hydraulic fitting.  
4. Install O–ring (4) while connecting hose connec-  
tions (2) onto the hydraulic fitting (8). Tighten connec-  
tion.  
5. Install wheel and wheel hub to unit (see Repair sec-  
tion of Chapter 6 – Wheels and Brakes).  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 45  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
13  
12  
11  
10  
PLUG  
8
9
8
24*  
7
6
14  
5
3
4
2
1
15  
16  
17  
25*  
SHUTTLE  
VALVE  
24  
SPRING  
24*(PLUG)  
25*  
23  
24*(PLUG)  
22  
21  
*LEFT HAND MOTOR ONLY  
20  
19  
18  
Figure 32  
1. Dirt and water seal  
2. Outer bearing  
3. Housing  
4. Backup washer  
5. Seal ring  
10. Inner bearing  
11. Coupling shaft  
12. Thrust bearing  
13. Drive link  
18. Wear plate  
19. Rotor  
20. Vane  
21. Stator  
22. Manifold  
14. Cap screw  
6. Backup washer  
7. Inner seal  
8. Thrust washer  
9. Thrust bearing  
15. Commutator seal  
16. Commutator  
17. Woodruff key  
23. Commutator ring  
24. End cover assembly  
25. O–ring  
Disassembly (Fig. 32)  
WARNING  
If the wheel motor is not held firmly in the  
vise, it could dislodge during service and  
cause injury.  
1. Place wheel motor in a soft jawed vice with the cou-  
pling shaft (11) pointed down and the vise jaws clamping  
firmly on the sides of the housing (3).  
2. Scribe an alignment mark down and across the  
wheel motor components from the end cover (24) to the  
housing (3) for facilitating reassembly (Fig. 33). If in-  
cluded in end cover, loosen both shuttle valve plugs  
(left–hand motor only) for disassembly later.  
Figure 33  
3. Remove seven cap screws (14). Remove end cover  
assembly (24) and seal ring (5).  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 46  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Note: Bereadytocatchtheshuttlevalveorreliefvalve  
componentsthatwillfalloutoftheendcovervalvecavity  
when the plugs are removed.  
Note: O–ring (25) is not included in the seal kit, but  
can be serviced separately if required.  
Note: The insert and ,if included, the orifice plug in the  
end cover assembly (24) must not be removed as they  
are serviced as an integral part of the end cover.  
4. If the end cover (24) is equipped with shuttle valve  
components (left–hand motor only), remove both pre-  
viously loosened plugs and O–rings (25).  
5. Remove commutator ring (23).  
Figure 34  
CAUTION  
Use eye protection such as goggles when  
using compressed air  
6. Remove commutator (16) and commutator seal  
(15). Remove commutator seal from the commutator  
using an air hose to blow air into the ring groove until the  
commutator seal is lifted out (Fig. 34)  
Note: The manifold (22) is constructed of plates  
bonded together to form an integral component not sub-  
ject to further disassembly for service. Compare config-  
uration of both sides of the manifold to make sure that  
same surface is reassembled against the rotor set.  
Figure 35  
10. Remove seal ring (5) that is between the rotor set  
and wearplate.  
7. Remove manifold (22). Remove seal rings (5) that  
are on both sides of the manifold.  
11. Remove drive link (13) from the coupling shaft (11)  
if it was not removed with rotor set and wear plate (18).  
Remove seal ring (5) from housing (3).  
Note: The rotor set consists of the rotor (19), vanes  
(20), and stator (21). Rotor set components may be-  
come disassembled during service procedures.  
12. Remove thrust bearing (12) from the top of the cou-  
pling shaft (11).  
Note: Marking all rotor components and mating spline  
components for exact repositioning at assembly will  
make sure maximum wear life and performance of rotor  
set and wheel motor.  
13. Check exposed portion of coupling shaft (11) to be  
sure you have removed all signs of rust and corrosion  
which might prevent its withdrawal through the dirt and  
water seal (1) and outer bearing (2). Crocus cloth or fine  
emery paper may be used.  
8. Mark surface of rotor (19) and stator (21) that is fac-  
ing up with etching ink or a grease pencil before remov-  
ing from the wheel motor. This will make sure correct  
reassembly of the rotor into the stator and the rotor set  
into wheel motor.  
14. Remove coupling shaft (11); push on the output end  
of the shaft. Remove seal ring (5) from housing (3).  
15. Remove housing (3) from the vise and invert it. Re-  
move dirt and water seal (1). A blind hole bearing or seal  
puller is required.  
9. Remove rotor set and wearplate (18) together, and  
retain the rotor set in its assembled form with the same  
vane (20) to stator (21) contact surfaces. The drive link  
(13) may come away from the coupling shaft (11) with  
the rotor set and wearplate. You may have to shift the ro-  
tor set on the wearplate to work the drive link out of the  
rotor (19) and wearplate (Fig. 35).  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 47  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Inspection (Fig. 32)  
1. Inspect bolts (14) for damaged threads and sealing  
rings under the bolt head. Replace if damaged (Fig. 36).  
Note: A polished pattern (not scratches) on the cover  
from rotation of the commutator (16) is normal. Discolor-  
ation would indicate excess fluid temperature, thermal  
shock, or excess speed and require system investiga-  
tion for cause and close inspection of end cover, com-  
mutator, manifold, and rotor set.  
Figure 36  
CAUTION  
Use eye protection such as goggles when  
using compressed air  
2. Thoroughly wash end cover (24) in proper solvent  
and blow dry. Make sure the end cover valve apertures,  
including the internal orifice plug, are free of contamina-  
tion. Inspect end cover for cracks and the bolt head re-  
cesses for good bolt head sealing surfaces. Replace  
end cover as necessary (Fig. 37).  
3. Inspect commutator ring (23) for cracks and burrs.  
Replace commutator ring as necessary.  
Figure 37  
4. Inspect commutator (16) for cracks, burrs, wear,  
scoring, chipping, and peening. If any of these condi-  
tions exist, replace commutator and commutator ring  
(23) as a matched set.  
5. Inspect manifold (22) for cracks, surface scoring,  
peening, chipping. Replace manifold if any of these  
conditions exist. A polished pattern on the ground sur-  
face from commutator or rotor rotation is normal.  
Note: The rotor set consists of the rotor (19), vanes  
(20), and stator (21). Rotor set components may be-  
come disassembled during service procedures.  
Figure 38  
6. Inspect the rotor set in its assembled form for nicks,  
scoring, and chipping on any surface. Inspect for broken  
and worn splines. If the rotor set component requires re-  
placement, the complete rotor set must be replaced as  
it is a matched set.  
7. Place rotor set and wear plate (18) on a flat surface  
and center the rotor (19) in the stator (21) such that two  
rotor lobes (180 degrees apart) and a roller vane (20)  
center line are on the same stator center line. Check the  
rotor lobe to roller vane clearance with a feeler gage at  
this common center line. If there is more than 0.005 inch  
(0.13 mm) of clearance, replace the entire rotor set (Fig.  
38).  
Figure 39  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 48  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Inspect the wearplate (18) for cracks, peening, and  
scoring. A polished pattern on the wear plate from rotor  
rotation is normal. Replace as necessary.  
9. Inspect drive link (13) for cracks and worn or dam-  
aged splines. No perceptible lash (play) should be noted  
between mating spline parts of the rotor (19) or coupling  
shaft (11). Replace as necessary (Fig. 39).  
10. Inspect thrust bearing (12) for wear, peening, corro-  
sion and a full complement of retained rollers. Replace  
as necessary.  
11. Inspect coupling shaft (11) internal and external  
splines and keyway for damage and wear. Inspect bear-  
ing and sealing surfaces of the coupling shaft for chip-  
ping, nicks, grooves, severe wear, corrosion, and  
discoloration. Replace coupling shaft if any of these  
conditions exist. Minor shaft wear in seal area is permis-  
sible. If wear exceeds 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) diametrical-  
ly, replace coupling shaft. A slight ”polish” is permissible  
on the shaft bearing areas (Fig. 40).  
Figure 40  
Note: Do not remove inner bearing (10), thrust wash-  
ers (8), thrust bearing (9), inner seal (7), backup wash-  
ers (6 and 4), and outer bearing (2) from the housing (3).  
These parts should be inspected in place.  
12. Inspect housing (3) for cracks. Inspect machined  
surfaces for nicks, burrs, peening, and corrosion. Re-  
move burrs that can be removed without changing di-  
mensional characteristics. Inspect tapped holes for  
thread damage. If the housing is defective in these  
areas, discard the housing assembly (Fig. 41).  
Figure 41  
13. If the housing (3) has passed inspection to this  
point, inspect outer bearing (2), inner bearing (10),  
thrust washers (8), and thrust bearing (9). Bearing roll-  
ersmustbefirmlyretainedinthebearingcagesbutmust  
rotate and orbit freely. All rollers and thrust washers  
must be free of peening and corrosion. If any bearing or  
thrust washer does not pass inspection, replace the  
housing (3) as a complete assembly (Fig. 42).  
Figure 42  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 49  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Reassembly (Fig. 32)  
1. Lubricate all seals and seal rings with clean hydrau-  
lic oil before assembly.  
WARNING  
Since they are flammable, be extremely  
careful when using any solvent. Even a  
smallexplosion or fire could causeinjury  
or death.  
Figure 43  
CAUTION  
Use eye protection such as goggles when  
using compressed air  
2. Wash all parts in a clean petroleum–based solvent  
before assembly. Blow parts dry with compressed air.  
3. Press a new dirt and water seal (1) into the housing  
(3) outer bearing counterbore. Press seal in with the lip  
facing out and until the seal is 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) be-  
low the end of housing.  
4. Placehousing (3) into a soft jawed vise with the cou-  
pling shaft bore down; clamp against the mounting  
flange.  
Figure 44  
IMPORTANT: Early model wheel motors that do not  
have backup washer (6) when inspected must be as-  
sembled with a new backup washer (4), new backup  
washer (6), and new seal (7).  
5. A housing (3) that does not require replacement will  
require that the two thrust washers (8) and thrust bear-  
ing (9) be unseated and vertical to the counterbore and  
the new backup washer (4), new backup washer (6),  
and new seal (7) be worked around the thrust bearing  
package and placed into their respective counterbores  
(Fig. 44 and 43). The seal lip must face out of the seal  
counterbore and toward the inside of wheel motor (Fig.  
45). Be sure the thrust bearing package is reseated cor-  
rectly after assembly of the new seal and backup wash-  
ers.  
Figure 45  
Note: Coupling shaft (11) should be approximately  
0.10 inch (2.54 mm) below the housing wear plate sur-  
face to allow the assembly of thrust bearing (12). The  
coupling shaft must rotate smoothly on the thrust bear-  
ing (9) and thrust washer (8) (Fig. 46).  
6. Apply masking tape around splines or keyway on  
coupling shaft (11) to prevent damage to seal.  
IMPORTANT: The outer bearing (2) is not lubricated  
by the system’s hydraulic fluid. Make sure it is thor-  
oughly packed with the recommended grease.  
7. Make sure that a generous amount of clean corro-  
sionresistantgreasehasbeenappliedtotheouterbear-  
ing (2). Install the coupling shaft (11) into housing (3),  
and seat shaft against the second thrust washer (8).  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 50  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Install thrust bearing (12) onto the end of coupling  
shaft (11).  
9. Apply a small amount of clean grease to a new seal  
ring (5) and insert it into the housing (3) seal ring groove.  
Note: One or two alignment studs screwed finger tight  
into housing (18) bolt holes, approximately 180 degrees  
apart, will facilitate the assembly and alignment of com-  
ponents as required in the following procedures. The  
studs can be made by cutting off the heads of 3/8–24  
UNF 2A bolts so they are 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) or longer  
than cap screw (14).  
Note: Use any alignment marks put on the coupling  
shaft (11) and drive link (13) before disassembly to as-  
semble the drive link splines in their original position in  
the mating coupling shaft splines.  
Figure 46  
10. Install drive link (13) with the long splined end down  
into the coupling shaft (11). Engage the drive link splines  
so they mesh with the coupling shaft splines (Fig. 47).  
11. Assemble wear plate (18) over the drive link (13)  
and alignment studs onto the housing (3).  
12. Apply a small amount of clean grease to a new seal  
ring (5) and assemble it into the seal ring groove on the  
wear plate side of the stator (21).  
Note: The rotor set consists of the rotor (19), vanes  
(20), and stator (21). Rotor set components may be-  
come disassembled during service procedures.  
Figure 47  
Note: It may be necessary to turn one alignment stud  
out of the housing (3) temporarily to assemble rotor set  
over the drive link (13).  
B. If assembly alignment studs are not being uti-  
lized, align stator (21) bolt holes with wear plate (18)  
and housing (3) bolt holes. Screw two cap screws  
(14)fingertightintoboltholesapproximately180de-  
grees apart to retain stator and wear plate station-  
ary.  
Note: The rotor set rotor counterbore side must be  
down against wear plate for drive link clearance and to  
maintain the original rotor–drive link spline contact. A ro-  
tor set without a counterbore and that was not etched  
before disassembly can be reinstalled using the drive  
link spline pattern on the rotor splines if apparent, to de-  
termine which side was down. The rotor set seal ring  
groove faces toward the wear plate (18).  
Note: If the manifold (22) side of the rotor (19) was  
etched during wheel motor disassembly, this side  
should be up. If the rotor is not etched and does not have  
a counterbore, use the drive link spline contact pattern  
apparent on the rotor splines to determine the rotor side  
that must be against the wear plate.  
13. Install assembled rotor set onto wear plate (18) with  
rotor (19) counterbore and seal ring side down. The  
splines should mesh with the drive link (13) splines.  
C. Place rotor (19) with counterbore down, if appli-  
cable, into stator (21), and then onto wearplate (18)  
so rotor splines mesh with drive link (13) splines.  
14. If disassembled rotor (19), stator (21), and vanes  
(20) cannot be readily assembled by hand, assemble  
with the following procedures:  
IMPORTANT: Do not force rotor vanes into place,  
the coating applied to stator vane pockets could  
shear off.  
A. Place stator (21) onto wear plate (18) with seal  
ring (5) side down. Be sure the seal ring is in place.  
D. Assemble six vanes (20), or as many vanes that  
will readily assemble into the stator vane pockets.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 51  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
E. Grasp the output end of coupling shaft (11) with  
locking pliers or other appropriate turning device.  
Rotate coupling shaft, drive link (13), and rotor (19)  
to seat the rotor and the assembled vanes (20) into  
the stator (21). This rotation should create the nec-  
essary clearance to assemble the seventh or re-  
maining vanes. Use minimum force when  
assembling the remaining vane(s).  
F. Remove the two assembled bolts (14) if used to  
retain stator and wear plate.  
Note: The manifold (22) is made up of several plates  
bonded together permanently to form an integral com-  
ponent. The manifold surface that must contact the rotor  
sethasit’sseriesofirregularshapedcavitiesonthelarg-  
est circumference or circle around the inside diameter.  
The polished impression left on the manifold by the rotor  
set is another indication of which surface must contact  
the rotor set.  
Figure 48  
15. Apply clean grease to a new seal ring (5) and as-  
semble it in the seal ring groove in the rotor set contact  
side of manifold (22).  
16. Assemble the manifold (22) over the alignment  
studs and drive link (13) and onto the rotor set. Be sure  
the correct manifold surface is against the rotor set.  
17. Apply grease to a new seal ring (5) and insert it in  
the seal ring groove exposed on the manifold (22).  
18. Assemble the commutator ring (6) over alignment  
studs onto the manifold (22) (Fig. 48).  
Figure 49  
19. Assemble a new commutator seal (15) flat side up,  
into commutator (16) and assemble commutator over  
the end of drive link (13) onto manifold (22) with seal ring  
side up.  
20. If shuttle valve components items (left–hand motor  
only) were removed from the end cover (24), screw a  
plug with a new O–ring (25), loosely into one end of the  
valve cavity in the end cover. Insert spring, valve, and  
second spring into the other end of the valve cavity. Turn  
second plug with a new O–ring (25) loosely into the end  
cover valve cavity. A 3/16–inch allen wrench is required  
(Fig. 49).  
Note: If the end cover (24) has a valve shuttle, use line  
that was previously scribed on the end cover to radially  
align it into its original position.  
21. Assemble new seal ring (5) into end cover (24) and  
assemble end cover over the alignment studs and onto  
the commutator set (Fig. 50).  
Figure 50  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 52  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Note: The cap screws (14) required for use with the  
shuttle valve (left–hand motor only) end cover (24) are  
longer than the bolts required with standard end cover.  
Refer to Toro Parts Catalog for correct service part num-  
ber if replacement is required.  
23. Torque the two shuttle valve plugs in the end cover  
(24) from 9 to 12 ft–lb (1.2 to 1.6 kg–m) if end cover is  
so equipped.  
24. Check motor shaft for rotation. Torque require to ro-  
tate shaft should not exceed 50 ft–lb (6.9 kg–m).  
22. Assemble seven cap screws (14) and screw them  
in finger tight. Remove and replace the two alignment  
studs with bolts after the other bolts are in place. Alter-  
nately and progressively tighten the bolts to pull the end  
cover and other components into place with a final  
torque of 45 to 55 ft–lb (6.2 to 7.6 kg–m).  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 53  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2WD/3WD Two Position Valve  
2
14  
4
1
SKIRT ASSEMBLY  
15  
12  
13  
9
3
13  
15  
11  
13  
15  
5
5
6
10  
8
7
13  
Figure 51  
1. Two position valve  
2. Nut  
3. Cap screw  
4. Tub clamp  
5. Hydraulic tube  
6. Hydraulic connection  
7. Hydraulic connection  
8. Hydraulic connection  
9. Hydraulic connection  
10. Hydraulic fitting  
11. Hydraulic fitting  
12. Hydraulic fitting  
13. O–ring  
14. Cap screw  
15. O–ring  
Removal (Fig. 51)  
5. Disconnect hydraulic connections (6, 7, 8 and 9)  
from hydraulic fittings (10, 11, and 12). Allow hydraulic  
oil to drain from tubes into a suitable container.  
1. Before removing any parts from the hydraulic man-  
ifold, park the machine on a level surface, engage the  
parking brake, lower the cutting units and stop the en-  
gine. Remove the key from the ignition switch.  
6. Remove cap screws (14) from two position valve  
(1).  
7. Remove fittings (10, 11, and 12) and O–rings (15)  
from two position valve (1).  
CAUTION  
Installation (Fig. 51)  
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
1. Install hydraulic fittings (10, 11, and 12) and O–rings  
(15) into two position valve (1).  
2. Secure cap screws (14) to two position valve (1)  
through the skirt assembly.  
2. Clean two position valve (1) and hydraulic fittings.  
3. Put caps or plugs on any hydraulic lines or fittings  
left open or exposed. Put labels on disconnected hy-  
draulic lines and hoses for proper reassembly.  
3. Install hydraulic connections (6, 7, 8 and 9) to hy-  
draulic fittings (10, 11, and 12) and tighten fittings.  
4. Tightennut(2)andcapscrew(3)sothetubeclamps  
(4) will prevent movement of the hydraulic tubes (5).  
4. Loosen nut (2) and cap screw (3) so the tubes  
clamps (4) will allow movement of the hydraulic tubes  
(5).  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 54  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1
3
5
7
9
2
4
6
7
11  
8
13  
8
15  
10  
12  
14  
Figure 52  
1. Valve cap  
2. Plug  
3. O–ring  
4. Ball  
6. Spring pin  
11. Boot  
7. Back–up ring  
8. O–ring  
9. Valve housing  
10. Boot retainer  
12. Set screw  
13. Valve stop  
14. Lock washer  
15. Knob  
5. Spool  
Disassembly (Fig. 52)  
Inspection (Fig. 52)  
1. Wash valve in solvent and thoroughly dry. Mount  
valve carefully in a vise ensuring the mounting pads are  
against the vise jaws.  
CAUTION  
2. Remove boot retainer (10) from the valve housing  
(9).  
Use eye protection such as goggles when  
using compressed air  
3. Carefully remove valve cap (1) from the valve hous-  
ing (9). The valve cap is press fitted.  
1. Washallpartsinsolvent. Drypartswithcompressed  
air.  
4. Secure valve stop (13) and remove plug (2) and O–  
ring (3) from the spool (5).  
2. Inspect spool (5) for bending and flatness. Signs of  
wear on one side of the spool may indicate it’s bent. Re-  
place a worn or damaged spool if necessary.  
5. Hold knob (15) and carefully slide spool (5) out of  
the valve housing (9).  
3. Inspect parts for wear or damage, and replace if  
necessary.  
Note: The valve stop (13) and set screw are loctited  
together and should remain together when removed  
from the spool (5).  
Reassembly (Fig. 52)  
1. Coat all new O–rings and back–up rings with hy-  
draulic oil. Install new O–rings (8) and new back–up  
rings (7) into the bore of the valve housing (9).  
6. Separate valve stop (13) and set screw (12) from  
the spool (5). Carefully remove boot (11) from the valve  
stop.  
2. Install ball (4) and spring pin (6) into the spool (5) so  
the ball is held in by the pin. Make sure both ends of the  
spring pin are flush with the sides of the spool.  
7. Remove spring pin (6) and ball (4) from the spool (5)  
being careful no to scratch or damage the spool. Also,  
be careful not to drop the ball.  
3. Carefully install boot (12) onto the valve stop (13).  
8. Remove back–up rings (7) and O–rings (8) from the  
valve housing with a hooked scribe or thin screw driver.  
Be careful not to scratch the bore surface.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 55  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A. If the valve stop (13) and set screw (7) did not  
separate during disassembly, screw them into the  
spool (5) and torque valve stop from 85 to 100 in–lb.  
4. Coat spool (5) with clean hydraulic oil and carefully  
push and twist spool into the valve housing (9). Ensuring  
not to damage the seals.  
B. If the valve stop (13) and set screw (7) separated  
duringdisassembly, screw the set screw completely  
into the spool (5). Then loctite the exposed threads  
and screw the valve stop onto the set screw and  
spool. Torque valve stop from 85 to 100 in–lb.  
5. Install plug (2) and new O–ring (3) into the spool (5).  
Torque plug from 85 to 100 in–lb.  
6. Press valve cap (1) onto valve housing (9). If the  
valve cap is damaged or will not fit tightly onto the the  
valve housing, replace the valve cap with a new one.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 56  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Reel Motor Drive Pump  
Removal (Fig. 53)  
1. Before removing any parts from the hydraulic man-  
ifold, park the machine on a level surface, engage the  
parking brake, lower the cutting units and stop the en-  
gine. Remove the key from the ignition switch.  
10  
INLET PORT  
3
6
7
2
4
CAUTION  
8
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
9
5
2. Clean reel motor drive pump (1) and hydraulic con-  
nections. Install plug into the hydraulic reservoir. Label  
all hose connections for reassembly purposes. Put caps  
or plugs on any hydraulic lines or fittings left open or ex-  
posed.  
1
11  
12  
Figure 53  
1. Reel motor drive pump  
2. Hose clamp  
3. Hose  
4. Fitting  
5. Hose  
7. O–ring  
8. O–ring  
9. O–ring  
10. Cap screw  
11. O–ring  
3. Loosen hose clamp (2) and remove hose (3) from  
fitting (4). Allow hydraulic oil to drain from hose into a  
suitable container.  
6. Elbow fitting  
12. Traction pump  
4. Disconnecthose (5) fromelbowfitting(6).. Allowhy-  
draulic oil to drain from hose into a suitable container.  
4. Position reel motor drive pump (1) to traction pump  
(12); the inlet port should be facing up.  
5. Remove fittings (4 and 6) and O–rings (8 and 9)  
from the pump.  
5. Secure reel motor drive pump (1) to traction pump  
(12) with cap screws (10). Torque cap screws from 27 to  
31 ft–lb (3.7 to 4.3 kg–m).  
6. Support reel motor drive pump (1) and remove two  
cap screws (10). Separate reel motor drive pump (1)  
and O–ring (11) from the traction pump (12).  
6. Inspect threads and sealing surfaces of connectors.  
Replace any damaged or worn connectors.  
Installation (Fig. 53)  
7. Install O–rings (8 and 9). Install fitting (4) and orient  
to the 2 o’clock position. Install elbow connector (6) and  
orient to the 45_ down.  
1. Make sure mounting and O–ring sealing surfaces  
on reel motor drive pump (1) and traction pump (12) are  
clean.  
8. Secure hose (3) to connector (4) and tighten hose  
clamp(2). Securehose(5)toelbowfitting(6)andtighten  
hose connector.  
2. Replace all O–rings with new ones. Apply clean hy-  
draulic oil to all O–rings.  
3. Place O–ring (11) on reel motor drive pump (1).  
9. Remove plug from hydraulic reservoir.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 57  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
INLET PORT SIDE  
10  
7
6
11  
14  
5
4
8
12  
13  
9
OUTLET PORT  
Figure 54  
1. Retaining ring  
2. Shaft seal  
3. Mounting flange  
4. Backup ring  
5. E–seal  
6. O–ring  
11. Drive gear  
12. Idler gear  
13. Rear bearing block  
14. Front bearing block  
7. Dowel pin  
8. End cover  
9. Bolt  
10. Gear housing  
Disassembly (Fig. 54)  
6. Remove the rear bearing block (13) from the drive  
and idler gear shafts.  
1. Tape the shaft end of the drive gear (11) to prevent  
damaging the shaft seal when the shaft is removed or  
reinstalled.  
7. Remove the idler gear (12).  
8. Remove the drive gear (11) shaft slowly from the  
mounting flange (3). Remove the front bearing block  
(14) from the drive gear (11) shaft.  
2. Matchmark the inlet side of the gear housing (10)  
with the mounting flange (3) and the end cover (8) with  
the gear housing (10) to make sure proper orientation of  
these three parts during reassembly.  
Shaft Seal Replacement (Fig. 54)  
1. Place the mounting flange (3) on a clean working  
surface with the shaft seal up (2). Remove the retaining  
ring (1).  
3. Position the pump with the drive end facing down.  
4. Remove the four bolts (9). Lift off the end cover (8)  
and and two dowel pins (7) and them aside.  
Note: Avoid scratching or marring the shaft seal bore  
in the mounting flange (3). Large scratches may cause  
the shaft seal (2) to leak around the outer diameter of the  
seal.  
5. Remove the gear housing (10) ensuring the rear  
bearing block (13), front bearing block (14), drive gear  
(11), andidlergear(12)remaintogether. Removethere-  
maining two dowel pins from the gear housing.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 58  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. Removetheshaftseal(2). Cleananycontamination  
from the seal bore.  
3. Apply a light coating of oil to the exposed face of the  
front bearing block (14). Make sure the tape is on the  
shaft end of the drive gear (10). Insert the shaft end of  
the drive gear (11) slowly through the front bearing block  
(14) and the shaft seal (2) being careful not to damage  
the shaft seal.  
3. Place a new shaft seal (2) with the part number side  
up into the seal bore. Apply uniform pressure to the face  
of the shaft seal while pressing it into the bore. This  
method should prevent damage or misalignment of the  
seal in the bore.  
4. Place the shaft of the idler gear (12) into the remain-  
ing position of the front bearing block (14). Apply a light  
coating of oil the back face of the drive and idler gears.  
4. Install new retaining ring (1) into the mounting  
flange.  
5. Place the rear bearing block (13) with the seal side  
onthedriveandidlergearshaftends. Makesurethatthe  
open side of the E–seal (5) is pointing towards the inlet  
of the pump.  
E–seal and Backup Ring Replacement (Fig. 54)  
1. Place the front bearing block (14) on a clean sur-  
face. Remove the old backup ring (4) and E–seal (5).  
Clean any contamination from the E–seal groove.  
6. Install the two dowel pins (7) into the mounting  
flange (3).  
2. Apply a light coat of petroleum jelly in the E–seal  
groove of the front bearing block (14) and on the flat side  
of the E–seal (5) to help keep the seals in place during  
assembly.  
7. Align the matchmarks on the gear housing (10) and  
mounting flange (3). Place the gear housing with the  
mountingflangesidedownandtheinletportontheopen  
side of the E–seal (5) over the rear bearing block (13).  
Slide the gear housing down over the gears and front  
bearing block (14).  
3. Place the E–seal (5) with its flat side up into the seal  
groove on the front bearing block (14). Place the backup  
ring (4) into the groove made by the E–seal and bearing  
block. Make sure the notches in the center of thebackup  
ring and E–seal line up so that the backup ring sits flush  
with the E–seal.  
8. Make sure the rear bearing block (13) face sits just  
below the back face of the gear housing (3). If the rear  
bearing block sits higher than the rear face of the gear  
housing, remove the gear housing. Check that the E–  
seal (5), backup ring (4), or O–ring (6) did not shift out  
of place during assembly.  
4. Repeat the above steps for the rear bearing block.  
O–ring Replacement (Fig. 54)  
9. Place the remaining two dowel pins (7) into the rear  
of the gear housing (3). Align matchmarks and set end  
cover (8) on the rear of the gear housing.  
1. Remove the old O–rings (6) from the gear housing.  
Clean any contamination from the O–ring groove.  
2. Apply a light coat of petroleum jelly in the O–ring  
groovesofthegearhousing(10). PlaceanewO–ring(6)  
in each groove.  
10. Insert the four bolts (9) through the bolt holes in the  
end cover (8) and gear housing (3). Hand tighten each  
bolt and torque to 40 ft–lb (5.5 kg–m).  
Reassembly (Fig. 54)  
11. Place a small amount of oil in the inlet of the pump.  
rotate the drive shaft away from the inlet one revolution.  
If the drive shaft binds, disassemble the pump and then  
reassemble it. The pump is ready for use.  
1. Place the mounting flange (3) with the shaft seal (2)  
side down onto a clean working surface. Make sure that  
the back side of the mounting flange is free of any con-  
tamination.  
2. Place the front bearing block (14) with its seal side  
down onto the mounting flange (3). The open side of the  
E–seal (5) must point away from the matchmark on the  
inlet side of the mounting flange.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 59  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Reel Motor  
Removal (Fig. 55)  
4
1. Before removing any parts from the hydraulic man-  
ifold, park the machine on a level surface, engage the  
parking brake, lower the cutting units and stop the en-  
gine. Remove the key from the ignition switch.  
6
6
5
4
CAUTION  
5
7
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
1
2
1
7
2. Remove reel motor from cutting unit (see Repair  
section of Chapter 7 – Cutting Units).  
3
3. Unscrew lock nut (1) and remove coupling (2) from  
reel motor (3) using a puller.  
Figure 55  
1. Lock nut  
2. Coupling  
3. Reel motor  
5. Hydraulic fittings  
6. O–ring  
7. O–ring  
4. Clean motor, fittings, and hose connections.  
4. Hose connection  
Note: The position of the fittings on the reel motor is  
critical to reconnecting hydraulic hoses.  
5. Place O–ring (7) on face seal of hydraulic fitting (5).  
Secure hydraulic fitting to the reel motor (3) ensuring  
that the matchmarks are aligned. Repeat this step for  
the remaining hydraulic fittings.  
5. Label all hose connections (4) for reassembly pur-  
poses. Matchmark reel motor and all hydraulic fittings  
(5) for reassembly purposes.  
6. Inspect threads and sealing surfaces of hose con-  
nections (4). Replace any damaged or worn connec-  
tions.  
6. Remove hose connections (4) from hydraulic fit-  
tings(5). Allowhydraulicoiltodrainfromhoseintoasuit-  
able container. Put caps or plugs on disconnected  
hoses to prevent contamination.  
7. Secure hose connection (4) to the hydraulic fitting  
(5). Repeat this step for the remaining hydraulic fittings.  
7. Remove hydraulic fittings (5) and O–rings (7) from  
reel motor (3).  
8. Install reel motor to cutting unit (see Repair section  
of Chapter 7 – Cutting Units).  
Installation (Fig. 55)  
1. Install coupling (2) and secure lock nut (1) to the reel  
motor (3) and torque to 35 ft–lb (4.8 kg–m).  
2. Make sure hydraulic fitting ports and O–ring sealing  
surfaces on the reel motor (3) are clean.  
3. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all O–rings.  
4. Inspectthreadsandsealingsurfacesofhydraulicfit-  
tings (5). Replace any damaged or worn fittings.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 60  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7
8
6
9
5
4
10  
3
2
1
11  
12  
11  
13  
14  
15  
19  
13  
18  
17  
16  
Figure 56  
1. Plug  
8. Idler gear assembly  
9. Drive gear assembly  
10. Key  
11. O–ring  
12. Body  
14. Frontplate  
15. Screw  
16. Retaining ring  
17. Oil seal  
2. O–ring  
3. Shim  
4. Spring  
5. Ball  
18. Backup washer  
6. Relief valve seal  
7. Backplate  
13. Alignment pin  
19. Relief valve assembly (# 1 thru 5)  
Disassembly (Fig. 56)  
7. Remove body (12) from the backplate (7). Remove  
O–rings (11) from the body (12) and backplate (7).  
1. Make sure key (10) is removed from the drive gear  
(9) shaft.  
8. Remove Alignment pin (13) from the backplate (7).  
2. Matchmark frontplate (14), body (12), and back-  
plate (7) to assure proper reassembly.  
9. Remove retaining ring (16), oil seal (17), and back-  
up washer (18) from the frontplate (14).  
3. Secure the motor in a vise with the drive shaft up.  
4. Remove all eight screws (15).  
IMPORTANT: Do not remove the relief valve assem-  
bly (19) unless testing shows it to be faulty. The re-  
lief valve assembly must be replaced as a complete  
unit. Both relief valve seals (6) are sealed in place  
with loctite; do not remove them.  
5. Remove the motor from the vise. Remove the front-  
plate (14) from the body (12). A wooden block or soft  
face hammer might be used the gently tap the motor  
when freeing the frontplate (14).  
10. Remove plug (1), O–ring (2), shim (3), spring (4),  
and ball (5 ) from the backplate (7).  
6. Remove alignment pin (13) from the body (12). Re-  
movedrivegear(9)andidlergear(8)fromthebody(12).  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 61  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Inspection (Fig. 56)  
13. Make sure both plugs (1) are secure if they or the  
backplate is not being replaced.  
1. Remove all nicks and burrs from all parts with an  
emery cloth  
Reassembly (Fig. 56)  
1. Ifreplacingthereliefvalveassembly(19), installball  
(5), spring (4), shim (3), O–ring (2), and plug (1) into the  
backplate (7). Hand tighten plug (1) and then torque  
from 10 to 12 ft–lb (1.38 to 1.66 kg–m).  
CAUTION  
Use eye protection such as goggles when  
using compressed air  
2. Coat O–ring (11) lightly with petroleum jelly and  
install in groove on the front plate (14).  
2. Clean all parts with solvent. Dry all parts with com-  
pressed air.  
3. Apply a thin coat of petroleum jelly to both gear  
pockets of the body (12). Install alignment pin (13) into  
body (12).  
3. Inspect drive gear (9) shaft for a broken or chipped  
keyway.  
4. Alignmatchmarksandslipbody(12)ontofrontplate  
(14) until alignment pin (13) is engaged.  
4. Inspect drive gear (9) and idler gear (8) shafts at the  
bushing points and seal area for rough surfaces and ex-  
cessive wear.  
5. Dip idler gear (8) and drive gear (9) into clean hy-  
draulic oil and slip into front plate (14) bushings.  
5. Replace drive gear (9) or idler gear (8) if the shaft in  
the bushing area diameter measures less than 0.748 in.  
(19.0 mm). A single gear may be replaced separately.  
6. Coat O–ring (11) lightly with petroleum jelly and  
install in groove on the back plate (7).  
7. Install alignment pin (13) into back plate (7).  
6. The drive gear (9) and idler gear (8) face should be  
free of excessive scoring and wear.  
8. Align matchmarks and slip back plate (7) over gear  
shafts onto body (12) until alignment pin (13) is en-  
gaged.  
7. Replace drive gear (9) or idler gear (8) if gear width  
is less than 1.140 in. (29.96 mm).  
9. Hand tighten cap screws (15) and torque in a criss-  
cross pattern from 25 to 28 ft–lb (3.46 to 3.87 kg–m).  
8. Make sure that retaining rings are in the grooves on  
both sides of the gear for both the drive gear (9) and idler  
gear (8).  
10. Place washer (18) over the drive shaft into the front  
plate (14) housing. Apply a liberal coat of hydraulic oil to  
the oil seal (17). Install oil seal (17) over the drive shaft  
being careful not tho cut the rubber seal lips.  
9. Break sharp edges of gear teeth with emery cloth.  
10. Replace backplate (7) and frontplate (14) if bushing  
inside diameters exceed 0.755 in. (19.2 mm). The bush-  
ings are not available as replacement items.  
11. Place 1–1/16 inch O.D. sleeve over the drive shaft  
and press in the oil seal (17) until the retaining ring  
groove appears.  
11. The face of the backplate (7) and frontplate (14)  
should be free of excessive scoring. Replace if scoring  
a depth of 0.0015 in. (0.038 mm).  
12. Press retaining ring (16) into the housing using the  
sleeve until it seats in the groove.  
12. Replace body (12) if the inside diameter of the gear  
pockets exceeds 1.713 in. (43.5 mm).  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 62  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hydraulic Manifold  
Removal (Fig. 57)  
1
7
1. Before removing any parts from the hydraulic man-  
ifold, park the machine on a level surface, engage the  
parking brake, lower the cutting units and stop the en-  
gine. Remove the key from the ignition switch.  
2
3
4
9
CAUTION  
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
5
2. Raise and remove hood to get access to the man-  
ifold.  
8
Note: The ports on the manifold are marked for easy  
identificationofcomponents. Example:R1isthereelcir-  
cuitreliefvalveandG1isthetestgaugeconnectionport.  
(See Hydraulic Schematics to identify the function of the  
hydraulic lines and cartridge valves at each port loca-  
tion).  
10  
Figure 57  
6
1. Screw  
6. Hydraulic manifold  
7. Flange screw  
8. Cylinder support bracket  
9. Solenoid valve  
10. Cap screw  
2. Lock washer  
3. Flat washer  
4. Micro switch  
5. Spacer  
3. Ifnecessary, thehydraulicmanifoldcanberemoved  
(Figure 57):  
Installation (Fig. 57)  
A. Disconnect solenoid valve (9) and micro switch  
(4) electrical connectors.  
1. Secure hydraulic manifold (6) to the cylinder sup-  
port bracket (8) with cap screws (10) and flange screws  
(7).  
B. Clean manifold and hydraulic connections. Dis-  
connect hydraulic lines. Label all connections for  
reassembly.  
2. Make sure all hydraulic connections, ports, and fit-  
tings are clean.  
C. Allow hydraulic lines to drain into a suitable con-  
tainer. Putcapsorplugsondisconnectedhosesand  
fittings to prevent contamination.  
3. Connect hydraulic lines to the manifold. Tighten all  
hydraulic fittings and connections.  
4. Reconnect solenoid valve (9) and micro switch (4)  
electrical connectors.  
D. Remove cap screws (10) from the hydraulic  
manifold.  
E. Support hydraulic manifold (6) and remove  
flange screws (7) from the hydraulic manifold. Re-  
move hydraulic manifold from the cylinder support  
bracket (8).  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 63  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11  
9
25  
25  
26  
10  
26  
31  
28  
14  
7
27  
28  
24  
23  
30  
23  
9
29  
16  
29  
19  
8
7
3
4
18  
13  
12  
15  
7
17  
3
4
6
3
5
4
4
4
3
3
2
21  
12  
13  
21  
20  
20  
22  
4
3
1
Figure 58  
1. Cartridge (logic) valve  
2. Seal kit  
3. Plug  
4. O–ring  
5. O–ring  
6. Plug  
7. Seal kit  
8. Spool valve  
9. O–ring  
12. O–ring  
13. Plug  
14. Cartridge (relief) valve  
15. Spool (flow control) valve  
16. Locating plate w/ pin  
17. Seal kit  
18. Spool (two position directional) valve  
19. Locating plate w/ pin  
20. Plug  
22. Manifold body  
23. Ball (2 per assembly)  
24. Spring (2 per assembly)  
25. Knob  
26. Jam nuts  
27. Indicator plate  
28. Detent plate  
29. Set screw  
30. Spring (2 per assembly)  
31. Indicator plate  
10. Solenoid coil  
11. Nut  
21. O–ring  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 64  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Solenoid Valve (Fig. 58)  
Note: Usecarewhenhandlingthespoolvalve(8).  
slight bending or distortion of the stem tube can  
cause binding and malfunction.  
1. Make sure the manifold is clean before removing  
the spool valve (8).  
C. Torque spool valve (8) using a deep socket to 35  
ft–lb (4.8 kg–m).  
2. Remove the spool valve (8):  
A. Remove the nut (11) from the spool valve (8).  
D. Make sure a new O–ring (9) is at each end of the  
solenoid coil (10). install solenoid coil to the spool  
valve (8). Apply ”Loctite 242” or equivalent to the  
threads of the spool valve: torque nut (11) to 15 in–lb  
(17 kg–cm).  
B. Remove the solenoid coil (10) and both O–rings  
(9).  
Note: Use care when handling the spool valve. slight  
bending or distortion of the stem tube can cause binding  
and malfunction.  
E. If problems still exit, remove valve and clean  
again or replace valve.  
C. Remove spool valve (8) with a deep socket  
wrench. Remove seal kit (7).  
Cartridge (Logic and Relief) Valves (Fig. 58)  
1. Make sure the manifold is clean before removing  
the cartridge valve (1 or 14) and seal kit (2 or 7).  
3. Visually inspect the port in the manifold (22) for  
damage to the sealing surfaces, damaged threads, and  
contamination.  
2. Remove the cartridge valve (1 or 14).  
4. Visually inspect spool valve for damaged sealing  
surfaces and contamination.  
3. Visually inspect the port in the manifold (22) for  
damage to the sealing surfaces, damaged threads, and  
contamination.  
A. Contamination may cause valves to stick or  
hang up. Contamination can become lodged in  
small valve orifices or seal areas causing malfunc-  
tion.  
4. Visually inspect cartridge valve (1 or 14) for dam-  
aged sealing surfaces and contamination.  
A. Contamination may cause valves to stick or  
hang up. Contamination can become lodged in  
small valve orifices or seal areas causing malfunc-  
tion.  
B. If spool valve (8) sealing surfaces appear pitted  
ordamaged, thehydraulicsystemmaybeoverheat-  
ing or there may be water in the system.  
B. If sealing surfaces appear pitted or damaged,  
the hydraulic system may be overheating or there  
may be water in the system.  
CAUTION  
Use eye protection such as goggles when  
using compressed air  
CAUTION  
5. Clean spool valve (8) using clean mineral spirits.  
Submerge valve in clean mineral spirits to flush out con-  
tamination. Use a probe to push the internal spool in and  
out 20 to 30 times to flush out contamination. Particles  
as fine as talcum powder can affect the operation of high  
pressure hydraulic valves. Use compressed air for  
cleaning.  
Use eye protection such as goggles when  
using compressed air  
5. Clean cartridge valve (1 of 14) using clean mineral  
spirits. Submerge valve in clean mineral spirits to flush  
out contamination. Particles as fine as talcum powder  
can affect the operation of high pressure hydraulic  
valves. Use compressed air for cleaning.  
6. Reinstall the spool valve (8):  
A. Lubricate new O–ring and backup ring of seal kit  
(7) with clean hydraulic oil and install. The O–ring  
and backup ring must be arranged properly on the  
spool valve (8) for proper operation and sealing.  
6. Reinstall the cartridge valve (1 or 14):  
A. Lubricate new O–ring and backup ring of seal kit  
(7) with clean hydraulic oil and install. The O–ring  
and backup ring must be arranged properly on the  
cartridge valve (1 or 14) for proper operation and  
sealing.  
B. Thread spool valve (8) carefully into port (S1).  
The valve should go in easily without binding.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 65  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B. Thread cartridge valve (1 or 14) carefully into the  
applicable port (LC1 or R1). The valve should go in  
easily without binding. Torque the valve to 35 ft–lb  
(4.8 kg–m).  
A. Lubricate new O–ring and backup ring of seal kit  
(7 or 17) with clean hydraulic oil and install. The O–  
ring and backup ring of seal kit must be arranged  
properly on the spool valve (15 or 18) for proper op-  
eration and sealing.  
Spool (Flow Control and Two Position Directional)  
Valves (Fig. 58)  
B. Thread spool valve (15 or 18) carefully into the  
applicable port (FC1 or MD1). The valve should go  
in easily without binding. Torque valve to 35 ft–lb  
(4.8 kg–m).  
1. Remove knob assembly:  
A. Unscrew and remove knob (25). Remove both  
jam nuts (26).  
8. Reinstall knob assembly:  
B. Slide off applicable indicator plate (27 or 31) be-  
ing careful not to lose springs (24 or 30). Remove  
spring.  
A. Install applicable locating plate (16 or 19) so that  
the pin seats into the locating hole.  
B. Turn the threaded spool valve (15 or 18) stem  
carefully clockwise until it stops.  
C. Loosensetscrew(29)andslidedetentplate(28)  
off the applicable spool valve (15 or 18) stem.  
C. Face detent plate (28) counterbore down.  
Thread detent plate (28) down onto the valve stem  
until it is stopped by the locating plate (16 or 19).  
Turn detent plate (28) back counterclockwise 1/4  
turn.  
D. Remove the applicable locating plate with pin  
(16 or 19) from the spool valve (15 or 18) stem and  
manifold block (22).  
2. Make sure the manifold is clean before removing  
the spool valve (15 or 18).  
D. Center one detent plate hole over a locating  
plate indentation. Drop a ball (23) into each hole,  
then drop a spring (24 or 30) into each hole.  
3. Remove the spool valve (15 or 18) and seal kit (7 or  
17).  
E. On spool (flow control) valve (15), place indica-  
tor plate (27) over the detent plate (28). Make sure  
the arrow points to the right at 45_.  
4. Visually inspect the port in the manifold (22) for  
damage to the sealing surfaces, damaged threads, and  
contamination.  
F. On spool (two position directional) valve (18),  
place indicator plate (31) over the detent plate (28).  
Make sure the arrow points directly at the number 1  
on the locating plate (16).  
5. Visually inspect spool valve (15 or 18) for damaged  
sealing surfaces and contamination.  
A. Contamination may cause valves to stick or  
hang up. Contamination can become lodged in  
small valve orifices or seal areas causing malfunc-  
tion.  
G. While pushing down on the indicator plate (27 or  
31) and compressing the springs (24 or 30), thread  
down a jam nut (26). While tightening the set screw  
(29), tighten jam nut (26) at the same time using a  
7/16 – inch wrench  
B. If sealing surfaces appear pitted or damaged,  
the hydraulic system may be overheating or there  
may be water in the system.  
H. Thread second jam nut (26) all the way down the  
valve (15 or 18) stem. Apply ”Loctite 242” or equiva-  
lent the valve stem threads. Screw knob (25) all the  
way down until it hits the upper jam nut (26).  
CAUTION  
I. On spool (flow control) valve (15), turn knob (25)  
counterclockwise until the arrow points at the num-  
ber ”5”. Simultaneously tighten upper jam nut (26)  
andturnknobsoitistightandthearrowispointingat  
the number ”1” on the locating plate (16).  
Use eye protection such as goggles when  
using compressed air  
6. If necessary, clean spool valve (15 or 18) using  
clean mineral spirits. Submerge valve in clean mineral  
spirits to flush out contamination. Particles as fine as tal-  
cum powder can affect the operation of high pressure  
hydraulic valves. Use compressed air for cleaning.  
J. On spool (two position directional) valve (18),  
turn knob (25) counterclockwise so the arrow is 90_  
with the back of the manifold body (22). Simulta-  
neously tighten upper jam nut (26) and turn knob so  
it is tight and the arrow is pointing 45_ to the right in  
line with the indicator plate (31).  
7. Reinstall the spool valve (15 or 18):  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 66  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Front Lift Cylinder  
INSTALL FLANGE BUSHING (18)  
FROM THE INSIDE  
16  
FITTING SIDE  
14  
15  
13  
11  
18  
12  
18  
19  
4
6
1
6
5
2
7
6
16  
3
8
10  
9
Figure 59  
1. Hose connection  
2. Hose connection  
3. Hose connection  
4. Hose connection  
5. Hydraulic fittings  
6. O–ring  
8. Lift cylinder  
9. Cotter pin  
10. Clevis pin  
11. Cap screw  
12. Lift hub  
13. Cotter pin  
14. Clevis pin  
15. Clevis  
16. Cylinder guide  
17. Cylinder support bracket  
18. Flange bushings  
19. Valve mount bracket  
20. Clevis  
7. O–ring  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 67  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Removal (Fig. 59)  
9. Remove flange bushings (18) from the cylinder  
support bracket (17).  
1. Before removing any parts from the hydraulic man-  
ifold, park the machine on a level surface, engage the  
parking brake, lower the cutting units and stop the en-  
gine. Remove the key from the ignition switch.  
10. Remove lift hub (12) from the lift cylinder (8).  
Installation (Fig. 59)  
1. Thread lift hub (12) onto lift cylinder (8).  
2. Position lift cylinder (8) inside the cylinder support  
bracket (17) and valve mount bracket (19). Make sure  
the inlet and outlet ports of the lift cylinder face the fitting  
side of the cylinder support bracket.  
CAUTION  
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
3. Alignliftcylinder(8)holeswithholesatbottomofthe  
valve mount bracket (18). Slide clevis pin (14) through  
holes and secure pin with cotter pin (9).  
2. Raise and remove hood to get access to the front lift  
cylinder. Label all connections for reassembly.  
4. Align lift hub (12) holes with the slots on the cylinder  
support bracket (17). Install flange bushings (18) into  
the cylinder support bracket slots.  
3. Disconnect hose connections (1), (2), (3), and (4)  
from hydraulic fittings (5). Allow hoses to drain into a  
suitable container.  
5. Make sure flange bushings (18) are aligned with the  
lift hub (12) holes. Slide cylinder guide (16) through the  
cylinder support bracket (17), flange bushings (18), and  
lift hub (12).  
4. Put caps or plugs on disconnected hoses and fit-  
tings to prevent contamination.  
5. Remove hydraulic fittings (5) and O–rings (7) from  
the lift cylinder (8).  
6. Secure cylinder guide (16) by screwing cap screw  
(11) fully into lift hub (12).  
6. Remove cotter pin (9) from the clevis pin (10). Pull  
clevis pin from the lift cylinder (8).  
7. Secureclevis(15)tothecylinderguide(16)withcle-  
vis pin (4) and cotter pin (13).  
7. Remove cap screw (11) from the lift hub (12).  
Remove cotter pin (13) and clevis pin (14) from the  
clevis (15) that is on the hydraulic fitting side of the  
cylinder guide (15).  
8. Slide clevis pin (10) through the valve mount brack-  
et (19) and lift cylinder (8). Install and lock cotter pin (9)  
into the clevis pin.  
9. Install hydraulic fittings (5) and O–rings (7) into the  
lift cylinder (8).  
8. Support lift cylinder (8) and slide cylinder guide (16)  
from the lift hub (12).  
10. Remove caps or plugs from disconnected hoses.  
Connect hose connections (1), (2), (3), and (4) to hy-  
draulic fittings (5). Tighten hose connections  
A. Reach up from the bottom and rotate lift cylinder  
so the bottom port comes out of the slot in the frame.  
B. Drop lift cylinder down and out from the frame.  
Lift hub from the cylinder support bracket (17).  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 68  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9
11  
7
5
3
10  
8
1
6
4
2
12  
Figure 60  
1. retaining ring  
2. O–ring  
3. Head  
5. O–ring  
6. Shaft  
7. O–ring  
8. Piston  
9. Uni–ring  
10. Lock nut  
11. Barrel  
4. Backup washer  
12. Dust seal  
Disassembly (Fig. 60)  
1. Remove oil from the cylinder into a drain pan by  
slowly pumping the cylinder shaft (6). Plug both ports  
and clean the outside of the lift cylinder.  
Spanner  
wrench  
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage when clamping the  
lift cylinder into a vise; clamp on the pivot only. Do  
not close vise enough to distort barrel (11).  
Retaining  
ring  
2. Mount lift cylinder in a vise so that the shaft (6) end  
tilts up slightly. Remove and discard dust seal (12).  
3. Rotate head (3) with a spanner wrench and remove  
retaining ring (1) as shown in Figure 61.  
Figure 61  
Removing retaining ring  
4. Grasp end of shaft (6); extract shaft, head (3), and  
piston (8) by carefully twisting and pulling on the shaft.  
6. Remove and discard O–ring (7) and uni–ring (9)  
from the piston (8). Remove and discard both O–rings  
(2 and 5) and backup washer (4) from the head (3).  
IMPORTANT: Do not clamp vise jaws against shaft  
(6) surface. Protect shaft surface before mounting  
in the vise.  
5. Mount shaft (6) securely in a vise by clamping vise  
on the flats of the shaft. Remove locknut (10) and piston  
(8) from the shaft. Slide head (3) off the shaft.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 69  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Inspection (Fig. 60)  
CAUTION  
Spanner  
wrench  
Use eye protection such as goggles when  
using compressed air  
1. Washallpartsinsolvent. Drypartswithcompressed  
air.  
Retaining ring  
(Offset end  
against left side of  
barrel groove  
after installing)  
2. Inspect internal surface of barrel (11) for deep  
scratches, out–of–roundness, and bending. Replace if  
worn or damaged.  
Figure 62  
Installing retaining ring  
3. Inspect head (3), shaft (6), and piston (8) for exces-  
sive pitting, scoring, and wear. Replace any worn or  
damaged parts.  
Reassembly (Fig. 60)  
1. Coat all O–rings, uni–ring, and backup washer light-  
ly with hydraulic oil. Install new O–ring (7) and uni–ring  
(9) to the piston (8). Install O–rings (2 and 5) and backup  
washer (4) to the head (3).  
IMPORTANT: Do not clamp vise jaws against shaft  
(6) surface. Protect shaft surface before mounting  
in the vise.  
2. Mount shaft (6) securely in a vise by clamping vise  
on the ends of the shaft. Slide head (3) onto the shaft.  
Install piston (8) and locknut (10) onto the shaft and  
tighten lock nut (10).  
3. Remove shaft (6) from the vise.  
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage when clamping the  
barrel (11) into a vise; clamp on the pivot end only.  
Do not close vise enough to distort barrel.  
4. Mount barrel (11) in a vise so that the shaft end tilts  
up slightly.  
5. Coat all internal lift cylinder parts with a light coat of  
hydraulic oil. Slide piston (8), shaft (6), and head (3) as-  
sembly into barrel (11) being careful not to damage the  
seals.  
6. Secure head (3) in barrel (11) by installing retaining  
ring (1). Align key slot in head with the access groove in  
the barrel. Rotate head clockwise as far as the retaining  
ring will allow. The offset end of the retaining ring will be  
against the left side of the barrel groove as shown in Fig-  
ure 62.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 70  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rear Lift Cylinder  
13  
12  
14  
11  
14  
ROD CLEVIS  
10  
15  
4
9
7
3
5
15  
5
2
6
1
8
Figure 63  
1. Hose connection  
2. Hose connection  
3. Hydraulic fitting  
4. Hydraulic fitting  
5. O–ring  
6. Cap screw  
11. Cotter pin  
12. Clevis pin  
13. Lift arm  
14. Flat washer  
15. O–ring  
7. Ram pivot pin  
8. Pivot support  
9. Lift pivot shaft  
10. Lift cylinder  
Removal (Fig. 63)  
CAUTION  
1. Before removing any parts from the hydraulic man-  
ifold, park the machine on a level surface, engage the  
parking brake, lower the cutting units and stop the en-  
gine. Remove the key from the ignition switch.  
The rear lift cylinder is located near the  
muffler exhaust pipe. To avoid possible  
burns, allow the exhaust pipe to cool be-  
fore working on the rear lift cylinder.  
CAUTION  
2. Label all connections for reassembly. Disconnect  
hose connections (1 and 2) from hydraulic fittings (3 and  
4). Allow hoses to drain into a suitable container.  
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 71  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Put caps or plugs on disconnected hoses and fit-  
tings to prevent contamination.  
maining flat washer and then cotter pin (11) onto the cle-  
vis pin.  
4. Remove cap screw (6) and ram pivot pin (7) from  
pivot support (8). Slide lift pivot shaft (9) from pivot sup-  
port.  
4. Install hose connections (1 and 2) onto hydraulic fit-  
tings (3 and 4). Tighten hose connections.  
5. If rod clevis (14) has been removed, verify that the  
distance between the carrier frame rollers (bumpers on  
later models) and the foot step is about 1/4–inch (6 mm)  
with the cutting units fully raised. Adjust rod clevis as  
necessary. (Fig. 63)  
5. Rotate lift cylinder (10) while swinging the lift cylin-  
der down from the pivot support (8), so the hydraulic fit-  
tings (3) and (4) are clear the exhaust pipe.  
6. Remove cotter pin (11) from clevis pin (12). Support  
lift cylinder (10) and slide clevis pin out of the lift arm (13)  
removing flat washers (14).  
A. Lower cutting units. Engage parking brake, stop  
the engine, and remove key from the ignition switch.  
7. Remove hydraulic fittings (3) and (4) and O–rings  
(15) from the lift cylinder (10).  
B. Remove cotter pin (11) from clevis pin (12). Slide  
clevis pin out of the lift arm (13) removing flat wash-  
ers (14) (Fig. 64).  
Installation (Fig. 63)  
C. Separate rod clevis from lift arm (13) (Fig. 63).  
1. Coat new O–rings lightly with clean hydraulic oil.  
Install hydraulic fittings (3) and (4) and new O–rings (15)  
on the lift cylinder (10).  
D. Loosen jam nut (13) and adjust rod clevis (14) as  
necessary (Fig. 64).Tighten jam nut.  
2. Position lift cylinder (10) inside pivot support (8).  
Slide lift pivot shaft (9) through pivot support and lift cyl-  
inder. Make sure lift pivot groove is aligned to accept the  
ram pivot pin (7). Install ram pivot pin (7) and cap screw  
(6).  
E. Position rod clevis into lift arm (13) (Fig. 63).  
F. Install clevis pin (12) and flat washers (14) into  
the lift arm (13)androdclevis. Secureclevispinwith  
cotter pin (11) (Fig. 63).  
G. Checkdistancebetweenthecarrierframerollers  
(bumpers on later models) and the foot step as de-  
scribed above.  
3. Swing the lift cylinder (10) up so its clevis is posi-  
tioned between the lift arm (13) slots. Slide a flat washer  
(14) onto the clevis pin (12). Slide clevis pin through the  
lift arm slots and the lift cylinder (10) clevis. Install re-  
14  
6
11  
9
7
13  
5
12  
3
1
10  
8
6
4
2
Figure 64  
1. Barrel  
6. Shaft  
7. O–ring  
8. O–ring  
9. Backup washer  
10. Head  
11. Retaining ring  
12. Dust seal  
13. Jam nut  
2. Lock nut  
3. Piston  
4. Uni–ring  
5. O–ring  
14. Rod clevis  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 72  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Disassembly (Fig. 64)  
3. Inspect head (10), shaft (6), and piston (3) for ex-  
cessive pitting, scoring, and wear. Replace any worn or  
damaged parts.  
1. Remove oil from cylinder into a drain pan by slowly  
pumpingthecylindershaft(6). Plugbothportsandclean  
the outside of the lift cylinder.  
Reassembly (Fig. 64)  
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage when clamping the  
lift cylinder into a vise; clamp on the pivot end only.  
Do not close vise enough to distort the barrel (1).  
1. Coat new dust seal, uni–ring, backup washer, and  
all O–rings lightly with hydraulic oil. Install new O–ring  
(5) and uni–ring (4) to the piston (3). Install O–rings (7)  
and (8) and backup washer (9) to the head (10). Press  
dust seal (12) into head (10).  
2. Mount lift cylinder in a vise so that the shaft (6) end  
tilts up slightly.  
IMPORTANT: Do not clamp vise jaws against shaft  
(6) surface. Protect shaft surface before mounting  
in the vise.  
3. Remove retaining ring (11) from the barrel (1).  
4. Grasp clevis rod (14); extract shaft (6), head (10),  
and piston (3) by carefully twisting and pulling on the  
shaft out from the barrel (1).  
2. Mount shaft (6) securely in a vise. Adjust clevis (14)  
and jam nut (13) so the number of threads exposed be-  
tween the jam nut (13) and the smooth surface of the  
shaft is the same as noted during disassembly. The jam  
nut must be tight against rod clevis for this adjustment.  
IMPORTANT: Do not clamp vise jaws against shaft  
surface. Protect shaft surface before mounting in  
the vise.  
3. Coat shaft (6) lightly with hydraulic oil. Slide head  
(10) onto the shaft being careful not to damage O–ring  
(7) and dust seal (12).  
5. Mount shaft (6) securely in a vise. Remove locknut  
(2) and piston (3) from the shaft. Slide head (10) off the  
shaft.  
4. Install piston (3) onto the shaft being careful not to  
damage O–ring (5). Install locknut (2) onto the shaft and  
tighten.  
6. Remove and discard uni–ring (4) and O–ring (5)  
from the piston (3). Remove and discard dust seal (12),  
backup washer (9), and O–rings (7 and 8) from the head  
(10).  
5. Remove shaft (6) from the vise.  
Note: If the rod clevis (14) is to be removed from the  
shaft (6), note the number of threads exposed between  
the jam nut (13) and the smooth surface of the shaft to  
help reassembly.  
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage when clamping the  
barrel (1) into a vise; clamp on the pivot end only. Do  
not close vise enough to distort barrel.  
6. Mount barrel (1) in a vise so that the shaft end tilts  
up slightly.  
7. Loosen jam nut (13) and remove clevis if necessary.  
Inspection (Fig. 64)  
7. Coat all internal lift cylinder parts with a light coat of  
hydraulicoil. Slidepiston(3), shaft(6), andhead(10)as-  
sembly into barrel (1) being careful not to damage the  
seals.  
CAUTION  
8. Secure head (3) in barrel (11) by installing retaining  
ring (1) into barrel groove.  
Use eye protection such as goggles when  
using compressed air  
1. Washallpartsinsolvent. Drypartswithcompressed  
air.  
2. Inspect internal surface of barrel (1) for deep  
scratches, out–of–roundness, and bending. Replace if  
worn or damaged.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 73  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Control and Implement Relief Valves  
7
5
6
4
8
23  
9
2
1
3
24  
11  
24  
10  
23  
24  
24  
18  
12  
23  
24  
23  
2
21  
20  
17  
19  
21  
13  
13  
22  
16  
22  
14  
15  
Figure 65  
1. Hose connection  
2. Hydraulic fitting  
3. Washer  
4. Cap screw  
5. Lock nut  
6. Valve lever  
7. Knob  
8. Connecting link assembly  
9. Control valve  
10. Hydraulic fitting  
11. Hose connection  
12. Tube  
13. Hydraulic fitting  
14. Hose connection  
15. Hose connection  
16. Lock nut  
17. Support bracket  
18. Tube  
19. Relief valve body  
20. Relief valve cartridge  
21. O–ring  
22. O–ring  
23. O–ring  
24. O–ring  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 74  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1. Before removing any parts from the control lift valve  
assembly, park the machine on a level surface, engage  
the parking brake, lower the cutting units and stop the  
engine. Remove the key from the ignition switch.  
4. Position control valve (9) into unit and slide onto  
support bracket (17).  
5. Slide cap screw (4) into control valve (9) and install  
washer (3). Secure lock nuts (5 and 16).  
6. Connect hose connections (1, 11, 14, and 15) to hy-  
draulic fittings (2 and 13) and tighten connections.  
CAUTION  
Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve  
system pressure and avoid injury from  
pressurized hydraulic oil.  
Relief Valve Removal (Fig. 65)  
Note: This procedure may be used if only the relief  
valve needs removal from the unit.  
2. Remove side panels lift hood to gain access to the  
control valve and relief valve.  
1. Disconnect hose connection (11) from hydraulic fit-  
ting (2). Allow hose to drain to a suitable container.  
Control Valve Removal (Fig. 65)  
2. Disconnect tube (18) from hydraulic fitting (2). Allow  
fitting to drain to a suitable container.  
1. Disconnect hose connections (1, 11, 14, and 15)  
from hydraulic fittings (2 and 13). Allow hoses to drain  
to a suitable container.  
3. Remove relief valve body (19) and hydraulic fitting  
(2) from tube (12).  
2. Remove lock nuts (5 and 16). Slide cap screw (4)  
and washer (3) from the control valve (9).  
4. Remove hydraulic fitting (2), tube (18) and both O–  
rings (23) from the relief valve body (19).  
3. Slide control valve (9) from the support bracket (17)  
and remove from the unit.  
Relief Valve Installation (Fig. 65)  
Note: This procedure may be used if only the relief  
4. Unsnap and remove connecting link assembly (8).  
Remove valve lever (6) from the control valve (9).  
valve has been removed from the unit.  
1. Install hydraulic fitting (2) and O–ring (23) to the re-  
lief valve body (19).  
5. Disconnect tube (18) from hydraulic fitting (2). Dis-  
connect tube (12) from hydraulic fitting (10).  
2. Install tube (18) and O–ring (23) to the relief valve  
body (19).  
6. Remove hydraulic fittings (2, 10, and 13) and O–  
rings (21 and 23) from the control valve (9).  
3. Set relief valve body (19) and attachments into the  
unit.  
Control Valve Installation (Fig. 65)  
1. Install O–rings (21 and 23) and hydraulic fittings (2,  
10, and 13) to the control valve (9).  
4. Connect tube (18) to hydraulic fitting (2).  
5. Connect tube (12) to hydraulic fitting (2).  
2. Install tube (12) to hydraulic fitting (10). Connect  
tube (18) to hydraulic fitting (24).  
6. Connect hose connection (11) to hydraulic fitting  
(2).  
3. Install valve lever (6) to the control valve (9) by  
snapping the connecting link assembly (8) to the valve  
lever and control valve.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 75  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Control Valve Disassembly (Fig. 66)  
1. Wash control valve in solvent and dry it thoroughly.  
2. Mountcontrolvalveintoavisesothemountingpads  
are against the jaws of the vice and snap ring (14) faces  
up.  
8
Note: Remove check valve seat (5) only if it needs re-  
placement; it is press fitted in.  
3. Remove plug (1) and O–ring (2) from the valve body  
(7). Remove spring (3), ball (4), cam pin (6).  
4. Repeat step 3 for the other plug (1).  
9
7
5. Remove snap ring (14) from the bottom of the valve  
body (7). Remove spool snap ring (13), spring retainer  
(10), spacer (12), and spring (11).  
5
3
6. Push and twist spool (8) carefully out of the valve  
body (7). Set spool aside.  
1
7. Remove O–rings (9) using a soft hooked scribe or  
a thin screwdriver and being careful not to scratch the  
valve bore finish.  
6
Control Valve Inspection (Fig. 66)  
9
10  
4
11  
CAUTION  
2
12  
13  
Use eye protection such as goggles when  
using compressed air  
10  
14  
Figure 66  
1. Washallpartsinsolvent. Drypartswithcompressed  
air.  
1. Plug  
8. Spool  
9. O–ring  
10. Spring retainer  
11. Spring  
12. Spacer  
13. Spool snap ring  
14. Snap ring  
2. O–ring  
3. Spring  
4. Ball  
5. Check valve seat  
6. Cam pin  
2. Inspect spool (8) for bending and flatness. Signs of  
wear on one side of the spool may indicate it’s bent. Re-  
place a worn or damaged spool if necessary.  
7. Body  
3. Inspect parts for wear or damage, and replace if  
necessary.  
3. Install spring retainer (10), spring (11), spacer (12),  
other spring retainer (10), and spool snap ring (13) onto  
the spool (8). Install snap ring (14) into the valve body  
(7).  
Control Valve Reassembly (Fig. 66)  
1. Coat all new O–rings with hydraulic oil. Install new  
O–rings (9) into the bore of the valve body (7).  
4. If check valve seat (5) was damaged and removed,  
press fit it into the valve body (7).  
2. Coat spool (8) lightly with hydraulic oil. Push and  
twist spool carefully into the valve body (7). Avoid dam-  
aging O–rings (9).  
5. Installcampin(6), ball(4), andspring(3). Placenew  
O–ring (2) on plug (1) and install them into the valve  
body (7). Tighten plug (1).  
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for the other plug (1) and valve  
assembly.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 76  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hydraulic Reservoir  
1
6
7
2
26  
8
9
15  
14  
10  
11  
26  
12  
22  
26  
5
23  
25  
13  
27  
14  
14  
3
20  
21  
4
15  
3
24  
26  
16  
5
14  
17  
19  
12  
18  
11  
13  
10  
5
Figure 67  
1. Shoulder screw  
2. Sight glass  
3. Hose clamp  
4. Barb fitting  
5. Flange nut  
6. Cap assembly  
7. Filler screen  
8. Hydraulic tank  
9. Tank bracket  
10. Grommet  
19. Hydraulic hose  
20. Oil filter element  
21. Oil filter head  
22. 90_ fitting  
11. Flat washer  
12. Cap screw  
13. Carriage screw  
14. Hose clamp  
15. Hydraulic hose  
16. Hydraulic fitting  
17. U–bracket support  
18. Cap screw  
23. Hydraulic hose  
24. Hydraulic hose  
25. Hydraulic hose  
26. O–ring  
27. Hydraulic fitting  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 77  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Inspecting Reservoir Parts (Fig. 67)  
4. Make sure cap screws (12) are secure. If loose, re-  
move and reinstall cap screws with loctite.  
1. Clean tank (1) and filler screen (7) with solvent.  
2. Inspect tank (1) for leaks, cracks, or other damage.  
3. Replace hydraulic hoses if worn or leaking.  
5. Make sure all bracket fasteners are tight.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 78  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Flushing the Hydraulic System  
IMPORTANT: Flush the hydraulic system any time  
there is a severe component failure or the system is  
contaminated (oil appears milky or black or con-  
tains metal particles).  
1
IMPORTANT: Flush hydraulic system when chang-  
Ing from petroleum base hydraulic fluid, such as  
Mobil 424, to biodegradable fluid, such as Mobil  
EAL 224H. Operate machine under normal operat-  
ing conditions for at least four (4) hours before  
draining.  
2
1. Park machine on a level surface. Lower cutting  
units, stop engine, engage parking brake and remove  
key from ignition switch.  
Figure 68  
2. Clean area around filter mounting area. Remove fil-  
ter and drain reservoir into a suitable container. Drain  
hydraulic system, Make sure lift cylinders, hoses, and  
tube lines are drained while the system is warm. Discard  
filter.  
1. Hydraulic reservoir cap  
2. Sight gauge  
3. Inspect and clean reservoir (see Inspecting Reser-  
voir Parts).  
4. Make sure filter mounting surface is clean. Apply  
hydraulic oil to gasket on the new filter. Screw filter on  
until gasket contacts mounting plate, then tighten filter  
half a turn.  
1
Note: Use biodegradable fluid, such as Mobil EAL  
224H, forthisstepifyouarechangingtothistypeoffluid.  
Use only hydraulic fluids specified in Checking Hydrau-  
lic System Fluid (see General section of this chapter).  
Other fluids could cause system damage.  
Figure 69  
1. Hydraulic filter  
11. Raise and lower cutting units several times.  
5. Fill hydraulic reservoir.  
12. Shut off engine and check for hydraulic oil leaks.  
Check oil level in hydraulic reservoir and add correct oil  
if necessary.  
6. Disconnect electrical connector to the fuel stop so-  
lenoid to prevent engine from starting.  
13. Operate the machine for two (2) hours under normal  
operating conditions.  
7. Turn ignition key switch; engage starter for ten (10)  
seconds to the prime pump. Repeat this step again.  
14. Check condition of hydraulic oil. If the flushing fluid  
showsanysignsofcontamination, orifyouarechanging  
to biodegradable fluid, repeat steps 1 through 14 again.  
8. Connect electrical connector to the fuel stop sole-  
noid.  
9. Start engine and let it idle at low speed for a mini-  
mum of two (2) minutes.  
15. Assume normal operation and follow recom-  
mended maintenance intervals.  
10. Increase engine speed to high idle for minimum of  
one (1) minute under no load.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 4 – 79  
Hydraulic System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hydraulic System Start–up  
Note: When initially starting the hydraulic system with  
new or rebuilt components such as motors, pumps, or  
lift cylinders, it is important that this start–up procedure  
be used. This procedure reduces the chance of damag-  
ing the system or its components from not purging the  
system of air.  
CAUTION  
Becarefulwhenoperatingthecuttingunit  
reels. Contact with the reel or other mov-  
ing parts can result in personal injury.  
1. After the hydraulic system components have been  
properly installed and if the traction pump was rebuilt or  
replaced, make sure traction pump housing is at least  
half full of clean hydraulic oil.  
9. After the hydraulic system starts to show signs of fill,  
accomplish the following:  
2. Make sure all hydraulic connections and lines are  
secured tightly.  
A. If a reel motor was replaced or rebuilt, run the  
cutting units at the minimum speed setting (under  
no load) for 10 minutes in both directions.  
3. Make sure hydraulic reservoir is full. Add correct oil  
if necessary (see Checking the Hydraulic System Fluid).  
Drain, flush, and refill hydraulic system reservoir and  
change oil filter if component failure was severe or sys-  
tem is contaminated.  
B. If a reel motor drive pump was replaced or re-  
built, run the cutting units at the minimum speed set-  
ting (under no load) for 10 minutes.  
C. If a traction pump or a wheel motor was replaced  
or rebuilt, run the traction unit so the wheels slowly  
turn for 10 minutes.  
4. Disconnect electrical connector to the fuel stop so-  
lenoid to prevent engine from starting.  
5. After repairs, check control linkage for proper ad-  
justment, binding, or broken parts.  
10. Operate the traction unit and cutting unit by gradual-  
ly increasing their work load to full over a 10 minute peri-  
od.  
6. Make sure traction pedal is in neutral and the cut-  
ting unit switch is off. Turn ignition key switch; engage  
starter for fifteen (15) seconds to the prime pump.  
11. Stop the machine. Check reservoir and fill if neces-  
sary. Check hydraulic components for leaks and tighten  
any loose connections.  
7. Connect electrical connector to the fuel stop sole-  
noid.  
8. Make sure traction pedal is in neutral and the cut-  
ting unit switch is off. Start engine and run it at low idle.  
The charge pump should pick up oil and fill the hydraulic  
system. If there is no indication of fill in 30 seconds, stop  
the engine and determine the cause.  
Hydraulic System  
Page 4 – 80  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5  
Electrical System  
Table of Contents  
WIRING SCHEMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
Start Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Run Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4  
Run/Mow Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5  
Run/Backlap Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6  
Charging Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7  
Indication and Safety Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8  
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9  
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10  
Starting Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10  
General Run and Transport Problems . . . . . . . . . 12  
Cutting Unit Operating Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13  
Verify Interlock System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14  
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM QUICK CHECKS . . . . . . . 15  
Battery Test (Open Circuit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15  
Charging System Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15  
Glow Plug System Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15  
Starting System Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16  
COMPONENT TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Ignition Key Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Starter and High Temperature Shutdown Relays 18  
High Temperature Shut Down Switch . . . . . . . . . 18  
Oil Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
Hour Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
Indicator Lights and Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20  
Temperature Sending Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21  
Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21  
Diode Circuit Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22  
Fuel Valve Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23  
Cutting Unit Solenoid Valve Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23  
Traction (Electric) Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24  
Traction (Neutral) Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 24  
Seat Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25  
Cutting Unit Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26  
Backlap Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26  
SERVICE AND REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27  
Battery Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27  
Cutting Unit Solenoid Valve Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30  
Traction (Electric) Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Wiring Schematics  
W H I T E  
Y
G R A  
W H I T E  
D 4  
D 2  
D 3  
D 1  
D 1  
D 3  
D 4  
D 2  
W H I T E  
B L U E / W H I T E  
P U R P L E / W H I T E  
W H I T E / B L A C K  
B L A C K  
O R A N G E / W H I T E  
B L A C K  
O R A N G E / W H I T E  
B R O W N / W H I T E  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
W H I T E  
Y
G R A  
W H I T E  
D 4  
D 2  
D 3  
D 1  
D 1  
D 3  
D 4  
D 2  
W H I T E  
B L U E / W H I T E  
P U R P L E / W H I T E  
W H I T E / B L A C K  
B L A C K  
O R A N G E / W H I T E  
B L A C K  
O R A N G E / W H I T E  
B R O W N / W H I T E  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
W H I T E  
Y
G R A  
W H I T E  
D 4  
D 2  
D 3  
D 1  
D 1  
D 3  
D 4  
W H I T E  
D 2  
B L U E / W H I T E  
P U R P L E / W H I T E  
W H I T E / B L A C K  
B L A C K  
O R A N G E / W H I T E  
B L A C K  
O R A N G E / W H I T E  
B R O W N / W H I T E  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
W H I T E  
Y
G R A  
W H I T E  
D 4  
D 2  
D 3  
D 1  
D 1  
D 3  
D 4  
D 2  
W H I T E  
B L U E / W H I T E  
P U R P L E / W H I T E  
W H I T E / B L A C K  
B L A C K  
O R A N G E / W H I T E  
B L A C K  
O R A N G E / W H I T E  
B R O W N / W H I T E  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
W H I T E  
Y
G R A  
W H I T E  
D 4  
D 2  
D 3  
D 1  
D 1  
D 3  
D 4  
D 2  
W H I T E  
B L U E / W H I T E  
P U R P L E / W H I T E  
W H I T E / B L A C K  
B L A C K  
O R A N G E / W H I T E  
B L A C K  
O R A N G E / W H I T E  
B R O W N / W H I T E  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
W H I T E  
Y
G R A  
W H I T E  
D 4  
D 2  
D 3  
D 1  
D 1  
D 3  
D 4  
W H I T E  
D 2  
B L U E / W H I T E  
P U R P L E / W H I T E  
W H I T E / B L A C K  
B L A C K  
O R A N G E / W H I T E  
B L A C K  
O R A N G E / W H I T E  
B R O W N / W H I T E  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
W H I T E  
Y
G R A  
W H I T E  
D 4  
D 2  
D 3  
D 1  
D 1  
D 3  
D 4  
W H I T E  
D 2  
B L U E / W H I T E  
P U R P L E / W H I T E  
W H I T E / B L A C K  
B L A C K  
O R A N G E / W H I T E  
B L A C K  
O R A N G E / W H I T E  
B R O W N / W H I T E  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Special Tools  
Order special tools from the TORO SPECIAL TOOLS  
AND APPLICATIONS GUIDE (COMMERCIAL PROD-  
UCTS).  
Some tools may also be available from a local supplier.  
Multimeter  
The meter can test electrical components and circuits  
for current, resistance, or voltage.  
NOTE: Toro recommends the use of a DIGITAL Volt–  
Ohm–Amp multimeter when testing electrical circuits.  
Thehighimpedance(internalresistance)ofadigitalme-  
ter in the voltage mode will make sure that excess cur-  
rent is not allowed through the meter. This excess  
current can cause damage to circuits not designed to  
carry it.  
Figure 1  
Skin–Over Grease  
Special non–conductive grease which forms a light pro-  
tective skin which helps waterproof electrical switches  
and contacts.  
Figure 2  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
For effective troubleshooting and repairs, you must  
have a good understanding of the electrical circuits and  
components used on this machine (see Wiring Sche-  
matics section of this chapter).  
CAUTION  
Remove all jewelry, especially rings and  
watches, before doing any electrical trou-  
bleshooting or testing. Disconnect the  
battery cables unless the test requires  
battery voltage.  
If the machine has any interlock switches by–passed,  
they must be reconnected for proper troubleshooting  
and safety.  
Starting Problems  
Problem  
Possible Causes  
Starter solenoid clicks, but starter will not crank  
(if solenoid clicks, problem is not in safety interlock  
system).  
Battery charge is low.  
Battery cables are loose or corroded.  
Battery ground to frame is loose or corroded.  
Wiring at starter is faulty.  
Starter solenoid is faulty.  
Starter mounting bolts are loose or not supplying a  
sufficient ground for solenoid.  
Starter is faulty causing incomplete circuit for solenoid.  
Cutting unit switch is ON (pulled out) or faulty.  
Battery is dead.  
Nothing happens when start attempt is made.  
Battery cables are loose or corroded.  
Battery ground to frame is loose or corroded.  
Fusible link is open.  
Wiring to the start circuit (see Wiring Schematics)  
components is loose, corroded, or damaged.  
Ignition switch is faulty.  
Starter relay is faulty.  
Starter solenoid is faulty.  
Engine fuse (10 amp) is open.  
Fuse block is faulty.  
High temperature shutdown relay and/or switch are  
faulty.  
Traction (neutral) interlock switch out of adjustment or  
faulty.  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Starting Problems (continued)  
Problem  
Possible Causes  
Engine cranks, but does not start.  
Wiring to start circuits (see Wiring Schematics) is  
loose, corroded, or damaged.  
Diode (D1) circuit board/connector housing is open if  
engine starts with operator in the seat.  
Fuel valve solenoid is faulty.  
Glow plugs are faulty.  
Engine or fuel system is malfunctioning (see Chapter  
6 – Engine).  
Engine and fuel may be to cold.  
Engine cranks (but should not) with the traction pedal  
out of the neutral position.  
Traction (neutral) interlock switch is out of adjustment,  
faulty, or short circuited.  
Diode (D1) circuit board/connector housing is short  
circuited.  
Engine cranks (but should not) with the cutting unit  
switch ON (pulled out).  
Backlap/mow switch is in the backlap position.  
Cutting unit switch is faulty or short circuited.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
General Run and Transport Problems  
Problem  
Possible Causes  
Engine continues to run (but should not) when the  
traction pedal is depressed with no operator on the  
seat.  
Seat switch is faulty, out of adjustment, or short  
circuited.  
Traction (neutral) interlock switch is out of adjustment,  
faulty, or short circuited.  
Engine kills when the traction pedal is depressed or  
Operator is sitting too far forward on the seat (seat  
the cutting unit switch is pulled ON with the operator in switch not depressed).  
the seat.  
Seat hinge, support pin, or spring binding is preventing  
the seat switch from closing.  
Seat switch is faulty or out of adjustment.  
Seat switch wiring is loose, corroded, or damaged.  
Battery does not charge.  
Wiring to the charging circuits (see Wiring Schematics)  
components is loose, corroded, or damaged.  
Voltage regulator/rectifier is faulty.  
Alternator is faulty.  
Charge fuse (20 amp) is open.  
Fuse block is faulty.  
Battery is dead .  
Engine kills during operation (operator sitting on seat). Operator moved too far forward on the seat (seat  
switch not depressed).  
Engine overheated.  
Wiring to the run circuits (see Wiring Schematics)  
components became broken or disconnected.  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Cutting Unit Operating Problems  
Problem  
Possible Causes  
Engine Continues to run (but should not) when the  
cutting unit switch is ON with no operator in the seat.  
Backlap switch is in the backlap position.  
Backlap switch is faulty or out of adjustment.  
Wiring to the run/mow/backlap circuits (see Wiring  
Schematics) components is loose, corroded, or  
damaged.  
Seat switch is faulty, out of adjustment, or short  
circuited.  
Cutting units run (but should not) when raised.  
However, they shut off with the cutting unit switch  
Cutting unit interlock switch is faulty.  
Cutting units shut off when raised. However, they do  
not shut off with the cutting unit switch.  
Cutting unit switch is faulty or short circuited.  
Cutting units do not engage.  
Wiring to run/mow/backlap circuits (see Wiring  
Schematics) components is loose, corroded, or  
damaged.  
ACC fuse (10 amp) is open.  
Fuse block is faulty.  
Cutting units are not lowered.  
Cutting unit switch is faulty.  
Cutting unit interlock switch is faulty.  
Cutting solenoid valve is faulty.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Verify Interlock System Operation  
CAUTION  
stop, there may be a malfunction in the interlock system.  
Repairtheproblemimmediately. Iftheenginedoesstop,  
proceed to step 4.  
4. Make sure the mow/backlap knob is in the mow  
position (turned counterclockwise), the traction pedal is  
in neutral, and the cutting unit switch is pushed to the  
OFF position. With the operator off the seat, start the en-  
gine. Pull the cutting unit switch to the ON position, the  
engine should stop. If the engine does not stop, there  
may be a malfunction in the interlock system. Repair the  
problem immediately. If the engine does stop, proceed  
to step 5.  
The interlock switches are for the opera-  
tor’s protection; do not disconnect them.  
Check the operation of the switches daily  
to assure the interlock system is operat-  
ing. If a switch is defective, replace it be-  
fore operating the machine. Regardless if  
switches are operating properly or not,  
replace them every two years to assure  
maximum safety.  
5. Make sure the mow/backlap knob is in the backlap  
position (turned clockwise), the traction pedal is in neu-  
tral, and the cutting unit switch is pushed to the OFF  
position. With the operator off the seat, start the engine.  
Pull the cutting unit switch to the ON position, the engine  
should not stop. If the engine does stop, there may be  
a malfunction in the interlock system. Repair the prob-  
lem immediately. If the engine does not stop, proceed to  
step 6.  
1. Movethemachinetoawideopenareafreeofdebris  
and bystanders. Raise the cutting units and stop the en-  
gine. Engage the parking brake. Keep hands and feet  
away from cutting units.  
2. Make sure the mow/backlap knob is in the mow  
position (turned counterclockwise). Sit on the seat. Pull  
the cutting unit switch to the ON position. Try to start the  
engine. If the engine cranks, there may be a malfunction  
in the interlock system. Repair the problem immediately.  
If the engine does not crank, proceed to step 3.  
6. Withthecuttingunitsintheraisedposition, sitonthe  
seat and start the engine. Pull the cutting unit switch to  
the ON position. Lower the cutting units to the ground.  
The cutting unit reels should turn and the reels turning  
light should glow when the cutting units are lowered.  
Raise the cutting units and verify that the reels stop and  
the reels turning light is out. If the reels do not stop, there  
may be a malfunction in the interlock system. Repair the  
problem immediately.  
3. Make sure the mow/backlap knob is in the mow  
position (turned counterclockwise), the traction pedal is  
in neutral, and the cutting unit switch is pushed to the  
OFF position. With the operator off the seat, start the en-  
gine. Depress the traction pedal with the operator out of  
the seat, the engine should stop. If the engine does not  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Electrical System Quick Checks  
Battery Test (Open Circuit Test)  
Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the  
battery terminals.  
Voltage Measured  
Battery Charge Level  
Fully charged (100%)  
75% charged  
12.68 V (or higher)  
12.45 V  
Set the multimeter to the DC volts setting. The battery  
should be at a temperature of 60_ to 100_ F. The ignition  
keyshouldbeoffandallaccessoriesturnedoff. Connect  
the positive (+) meter lead to the positive battery post  
and the negative (–) meter lead the the negative battery  
post.  
12.24 V  
50% charged  
12.06 V  
25% charged  
11.89 V  
0% charged  
NOTE: This test provides a relative condition of the bat-  
tery. Load testing of the battery will provide additional  
and more accurate information.  
Charging System Test  
This is a simple test used to determine if a charging sys-  
tem is functioning. It will tell you if a charging system has  
an output, but not its capacity.  
Start the engine and run at 3200 RPM. Allow the battery  
to charge for at least 3 minutes. Record the battery volt-  
age.  
Tool required: Digital multimeter set to DC volts.  
Test results should be (example):  
Test instructions: Connect the positive (+) meter lead to  
the positive battery post, and the negative (–) meterlead  
to the negative battery post. Leave the test leads con-  
nected and record the battery voltage.  
At least 0.50 volt over initial battery voltage.  
Initial Battery Voltage  
Battery Voltage after 3 Minute Charge  
Difference  
= 12.30v  
= 12.80v  
= +0.50 v  
Note: Upon starting the engine, the battery voltage  
will drop and then increase once the engine is running.  
Note: Depending upon the condition of the battery  
charge and battery temperature, the charging system  
voltage will increase at different rates as the battery  
charges.  
Glow Plug System Test  
This is a fast, simple test that can help you determine a  
glow plug system’s integrity and operation. The test  
should be run anytime hard starting (cold) is encoun-  
tered on a diesel engine equipped with a glow plug sys-  
tem.  
instructions). Set the multimeter on the volts scale. With  
the key off (or Glow Switch in the OFF position), place  
the current transducer around the main glow plug power  
supply wire(s) and read the meter prior to activating  
glow plug system. Adjust the transducer to read zero (if  
applicable). Cycle the glow plug system at least two  
times (per instructions in Operator’s Manual) and record  
the final results.  
Tool(s) required: Digital multimeter and/or AC/DC  
current transducer (Hall Effect).  
Testinstructions:Properlyconnectthecurrenttransduc-  
er to the digital multimeter (refer to manufacturer’s  
The Reelmaster 2300–D glow plug system should have  
a reading of about 21 Amps.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Starting System Test  
This is an excellent test to use when a “slow crank/no  
start” problem is encountered. It will tell you if the prob-  
lem is due to an electrical open, short or high resistance  
in the starter circuit.  
tions). Setthemultimeteronvoltsscale. Withthekeyoff,  
place the current transducer around the main negative  
(–) battery cable and read the meter prior to activating  
the starter system. Adjust the transducer to read zero (if  
applicable). Crank the engine for at least 3 seconds and  
record the results. Typical starter system draw for the  
RM 2300–D is about 155 Amps at 65_F.  
NOTE: The Battery condition and state of charge must  
checked before testing the starter system.  
Tool(s) required: Digital multimeter and/or AC/DC  
current transducer (Hall Effect).  
If current draw is significantly higher than listed, check  
for a shorted condition. If current draw is significantly  
lower than listed, check for high resistance.  
Testinstructions:Properlyconnectcurrenttransducerto  
the digital multimeter (refer to manufacturers instruc-  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Component Testing  
For accurate resistance and/or continuity checks, elec-  
trically disconnect the component being tested from the  
circuit (e.g. unplug the ignition switch connector before  
doing a continuity check).  
CAUTION  
When testing electrical components for  
continuity with a multimeter (ohms set-  
ting), make sure that power to the circuit  
has been disconnected.  
NOTE: Electrical troubleshooting of any 12 Volt power  
connection can also be performed through voltage drop  
tests without disconnecting the component.  
NOTE: See the Perkins 100 Series Workshop Manual  
for more component testing information.  
Ignition Key Switch  
The ignition (key) switch has four positions (GLOW,  
OFF, ON, and START). The terminals are marked as  
shown. The circuitry of the ignition switch is shown in the  
chart. With the use of a multimeter (ohms setting), the  
switch functions may be tested to determine whether all  
circuits are being completed while the key is moved to  
each position. Verify continuity between switch termi-  
nals.  
CONTINUITY  
AMONG  
TERMINALS  
POSITION  
GLOW (3)  
50  
19  
17  
30+19+AC  
AC  
30  
50  
50  
50  
19  
17  
OFF (0)  
ON (1)  
NONE  
AC  
AC  
AC  
30  
30  
19  
17  
30+AC  
19  
17  
START (2)  
30+17+50+AC  
30  
Figure 3  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Starter and High Temperature Shut Down Relays  
1. Verify coil resistance between terminals 86 and 85  
with a multimeter (ohms setting). Resistance should be  
from 80 to 90 ohms.  
87  
86  
85  
87A  
87  
87A  
2. Connect multimeter (ohms setting) leads to relay  
terminals 30 and 87. Ground terminal 86 and apply +12  
VDC to terminal 85. The relay should make and break  
continuitybetweenterminals30and87as12VDCisap-  
plied and removed from terminal 85.  
86  
85  
30  
30  
Figure 4  
3. Disconnect voltage from terminal 85 and multimeter  
lead from terminal 87.  
4. Connect multimeter (ohms setting) lead to relay ter-  
minal 30 and 87A. Apply +12 VDC to terminal 85. The  
relay should break and make continuity between termi-  
nals 30 and 87A as 12 VDC is applied and removed from  
terminal 85.  
5. Disconnect voltage from and multimeter leads from  
relay terminals.  
High Temperature Shutdown Switch  
The switch is located on top of the water pump. The  
pump is on the left end of the engine inside of the fan  
pulley assembly. There is a tan wire attached to the  
switch.  
1
1. Lower the coolant level in the engine and remove  
the high temperature shutdown switch.  
2. Put the switch in a container of oil with a thermome-  
ter and slowly heat the oil (Fig. 6).  
CAUTION  
Handle the hot oil with extreme care to  
prevent personal injury or fire.  
Figure 5  
1. High temperature shutdown switch  
3. Check the continuity of the switch with a multimeter  
(ohms setting). The switch is normally open and should  
close at 206 to 218_F (97 to 103_C).  
4. Allow the oil to cool. The switch should open at  
194_F (90_C).  
Figure 6  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Oil Pressure Switch  
The switch is located on the front cylinder head above  
the injection pump and governor assembly. It is a nor-  
mally closed switch and opens with pressure. The oper-  
ating range for the switch is 2.8 to 5.7 PSI (0.2 to 04  
kg/cm2 ).  
1
Testing with the engine off  
1. TurntheignitionswitchtoON. Theoilpressurelamp  
should be on.  
2. If the lamp is not on, disconnect the brown wire from  
the switch and ground it to the engine block.  
3. If the lamp comes on the switch is bad.  
Figure 7  
4. If the lamp does not come on after step 2, check the  
indicating circuit (see Indicating and Safety Circuits).  
1. Oil pressure switch  
Testing with the engine on  
6. Remove switch and install test gauge in the oil pres-  
sure switch port.  
1. If the lamp is on with the engine running, shut off the  
engine immediately.  
7. Start the engine and check for a minimum of 30 psi  
at 1400 RPM. If the engine oil pressure is low, shut off  
the engine immediately.  
2. Disconnect the brown wire from the switch.  
3. TurntheignitionswitchtoON. Theoilpressurelamp  
should go out.  
8. Shut off the engine and remove the test gauge.  
9. Iftheengineoilpressureisgood, replacetheswitch.  
4. If the light is still on, check for short circuiting in the  
indication circuit (see Indicating and Safety Circuits).  
5. Return ignition switch to OFF and connect the  
brown wire to the switch.  
Hour Meter  
1. Connect the positive (+) terminal of a 12 VDC  
source to the positive terminal of the hour meter.  
Hobbs  
QUARTZ  
1
2. Connect the negative (–) terminal of the voltage  
source to the other terminal of the hour meter.  
0 0 0 0 1  
10  
HOURS  
3. The hour meter should move a 1/10 of an hour in six  
minutes.  
4. Disconnect the voltage source from the hour meter.  
+
BACK  
Figure 8  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Indicator Lights and Circuits  
Note: Individual light bulbs can be tested by removing  
them from the lighting cluster and applying 12 VDC to  
their wiring terminals.  
Battery Light  
The battery light should come on when the ignition  
switch is in ON with the engine not running or with an im-  
properly operating charging circuit while the engine is  
running.  
Oil Pressure Light  
The oil pressure light should come on when the ignition  
switch is in the ON position with the engine not running.  
Also, it should light with the engine running when the oil  
pressure drops below 4 PSI (0.3 kg/cm2).  
1. Turn ignition switch to ON; the light should come on.  
2. Turn ignition switch to OFF.  
1. Disconnect the brown wire from the oil pressure  
switch.  
FRONT  
OIL  
(RED)  
WATER  
(RED)  
2. Ground the brown wire to the engine block.  
3. Turn the ignition switch to ON; the light should come  
on.  
4. Turn the ignition switch to OFF and connect the  
brown wire to the oil pressure switch.  
BATT  
(AMBER)  
GLOW  
(AMBER)  
High Temperature (Water) Shutdown Light  
The temperature light should come on only if the high  
temperature shutdown switch and relay have stopped  
the engine when the coolant temperature is above  
206_F (97_C). The ignition switch must be in either the  
ON or START position for the light to come on.  
1
2
6
5
1. Disconnect the tan wire from the high temperature  
shutdown switch.  
1 2 3 4 5 6  
BACK  
2. Ground the tan wire to the engine block.  
3. Turn the ignition switch to ON; the light should come  
on and the high temperature shutdown relay should  
click.  
Figure 9  
4. Turn the ignition switch to OFF and connect the tan  
wire to the high temperature shutdown switch.  
GLOW  
BATT  
OIL  
3
2
5
6
1
Glow Light  
The glow light should come on with the ignition in the  
GLOW or START position.  
1. Turn the ignition switch to GLOW or START; the light  
should come on.  
4
2. Turn the ignition switch to OFF.  
WATER  
Figure 10  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Temperature Sending Unit  
The switch is located on top of the water pump. The  
pump is on the left end of the engine inside of the fan  
pulley assembly. There is a white/black wire attached to  
the switch.  
1
1. Lower the coolant level in the engine and remove  
the high temperature sending unit.  
2. Put the switch in a container of oil with a thermome-  
ter and slowly heat the oil (Fig. 12).  
CAUTION  
Handle the hot oil with extreme care to  
prevent personal injury or fire.  
Figure 11  
1. Temperature sending  
unit  
3. Check the resistance of the sender with a multime-  
ter(ohmssetting)asthetemperatureincreases. Thefol-  
lowing resistance readings should be indicated:  
158 to 202 OHM at 130_F (54_C)  
63 to 79 OHM at 180_F (82_C)  
Figure 12  
Temperature Gauge  
The temperature gauge can be tested using a new  
gauge as a substitute or by the use of a DC voltage  
source and a variable resistance box.  
63 TO 79 OHMS  
G
VARIABLE  
S I  
RESISTANCE  
12 VDC  
1. Connect the temperature gauge to the variable re-  
sistance and DC voltage source (Fig. 13).  
+
BACK  
2. Adjust the resistance until the gauge needle points  
to the 180_F tic mark; the resistance setting should be  
from 63 to 79 ohms.  
Figure 13  
180_F (82_C) TIC MARK  
3. Disconnect the voltage source, gauge, and variable  
resistance.  
FRONT  
Figure 14  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Diode Circuit Board  
The circuit board contains four diodes. Three diodes are  
used for circuit protection from inductive voltage spikes.  
The remaining diode is used as part of the safety circuit  
logic.  
H
G
F
Diode D1  
E
D
C
B
A
This diode allows a current path through the traction in-  
terlock switch when the seat interlock switch is open.  
The engine can be started and run with no operator in  
theseatwhenthetractionpedalisintheneutralposition.  
Possible indications of diode failure may be: The engine  
will crank but not start with the operator out of the seat  
with the traction pedal in neutral, the engine will shut  
down when the operator leaves the seat with the cutting  
unit switch in the off position and the traction pedal in  
neutral, or the engine cranks with the traction pedal not  
in neutral.  
DIODE  
DIAGRAM  
Figure 15  
H
Diode D2  
G
F
This diode protects the cutting unit switch, interlock  
switch, and indicator light from inductive voltage spikes  
caused by the cutting unit solenoid valve.  
E
D
C
B
A
Possible indications of diode failure may be the failure  
or repeated failure of those components above  
associated with the cutting unit solenoid valve circuit.  
DIODE  
Diode D3  
CIRCUIT BOARD  
Figure 16  
This diode protects the ignition switch and starter relay  
contacts from induction voltage spikes caused by the  
starter solenoid.  
Possible indications of diode failure may be the failure  
or repeated failure of those components above  
associated with the starter solenoid circuit.  
Red Lead (+)  
on  
Terminal  
Black Lead (–)  
on  
Continuity  
Terminal  
H
A
G
B
F
A
H
B
G
C
F
YES  
NO  
Diode D4  
This diode protects the seat interlock switch and cutting  
unit switch from induction voltage spikes caused by the  
fuel valve solenoid.  
YES  
NO  
Possible indications of diode failure may be the failure  
or repeated failure seat interlock switch.  
YES  
NO  
C
E
D
Testing  
D
E
YES  
NO  
The diodes can be individually tested using a digital  
multimeter (ohms setting) and the table to the right.  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Fuel Valve Solenoid  
The fuel valve solenoid must be energized for the en-  
gine to run. It is mounted on the engine block next to the  
injection pump and has a purple wire attached to it.  
In Place Testing  
1
1
Note: Prior to taking small resistance readings with a  
digital multimeter, short the test leads together. The me-  
ter will display a small resistance value (usually 0.5  
ohms or less). This resistance is due to the internal re-  
sistance of the meter and test leads. Subtract this value  
from from the measured value of the component you are  
testing.  
1. Disconnect the wire from the solenoid.  
Figure 17  
( !) u0l C-lC0 98l0n83.  
2. Using a digital multimeter, ground one lead to the  
engine block and connect the other to the solenoid ter-  
minal.  
PLUNGER  
TERMINAL  
3. The resistance should be about 11.5 ohms.  
4. Connect the wire to the solenoid.  
Live testing  
1. Disconnect the wire from the solenoid.  
Note: The solenoid may be removed from the engine  
or tested in place.  
Figure 18  
2. Connect a positive (+) test lead from a 12 VDC  
source to the solenoid terminal.  
3. Touch a negative (–) test lead from the 12 VDC  
source to the solenoid body. The plunger should retract  
making an audible ”click”.  
4. Disconnect the test leads from the solenoid.  
5. Connect the wire to the solenoid if tested in place.  
Cutting Unit Solenoid Valve Coil  
Note: Prior to taking small resistance readings with a  
digital multimeter, short the test leads together. The me-  
ter will display a small resistance value (usually 0.5  
ohms or less). This resistance is due to the internal re-  
sistance of the meter and test leads. Subtract this value  
from from the measured value of the component you are  
testing.  
1. Disconnect solenoid valve electrical connector.  
1
2. Measure resistance between the two connector ter-  
minals. The resistance should be about 7.2 ohms.  
Figure 19  
1. Solenoid Valve Coil  
3. Connect solenoid valve electrical connector.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Traction (Electric) Clutch  
Note: When disconnecting the clutch, use the electri-  
cal connector that connects the clutch directly to the wir-  
ing harness. Do not use the connector attached to the  
traction clutch switch. This connector contains a diode  
in the circuit which will give incorrect resistance read-  
ings  
3. Connect the clutch electrical connector to the wiring  
harness.  
Note: Low resistance may be accompanied by the 10  
amp engine fuse blowing from drawing high current.  
High resistance may be accompanied by the clutch not  
engaging from drawing insufficient current.  
Live Testing  
Deenergized Testing  
1. Disconnect the clutch electrical connector from the  
wiring harness.  
Note: Prior to taking small resistance readings with a  
digital multimeter, short the test leads together. The me-  
ter will display a small resistance value (usually 0.5  
ohms or less). This resistance is due to the internal re-  
sistance of the meter and test leads. Subtract this value  
from from the measured value of the component you are  
testing.  
2. Connect a 12 VDC source across the electrical con-  
nector terminals. The clutch should engage with a dis-  
tinct audible ”click”.  
3. Disconnect the 12 VDC source from the connector  
terminals.  
1. Disconnect the clutch electrical connector from the  
wiring harness.  
4. Connect the clutch electrical connector to the wiring  
harness.  
2. Using a digital multimeter, measure the resistance  
between the connector terminals. The resistance  
should be from 3.0 to 4.0 ohms.  
Traction (Neutral) Interlock Switch  
Thetractioninterlockswitchisnormallyopenandcloses  
when the traction pedal in in the neutral position.  
1. Disconnect the electrical connector to the switch.  
2. Check the continuity of the switch by connecting a  
multimeter (ohms setting) across the connector termi-  
nals.  
1
3. With the engine off, slowly push the traction pedal  
in the forward and reverse direction while watching the  
multimeter. Continuity should be broken in the forward  
and reverse directions.  
4. Allow the traction pedal to return to the neutral posi-  
tion. There should be continuity across the terminals.  
5. Reconnect the electrical connector to the switch.  
2
Figure 20  
1. Connector leads  
2. Interlock switch  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Seat Interlock Switch  
This switch is a normally open switch that closes when  
the operator is on the seat. If the cutting unit switch or  
traction interlock switch is open and the operator raises  
out of the seat, the engine will stop. The switch and its  
electrical connector are located under the skirt below  
the seat.  
1
1. Disconnect switch electrical connector.  
2. Check the continuity of the switch by connecting a  
multimeter (ohms setting) across the connector termi-  
nals.  
Note: Make sure the compression spring and pin hold  
the seat off the switch when there is no operator in the  
seat.  
Figure 21  
1. Seat interlock switch  
3. With the seat lowered and no operator in the seat,  
there should be no continuity between the terminals.  
4. Haveanoperatorslowlysitintheseat. Thereshould  
be continuity as the seat approaches the bottom of its  
travel.  
5. Connect switch electrical connector.  
1
Figure 22  
1. Seat interlock switch  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Cutting Unit Interlock Switch  
This switch is normally open and closes when the lift cyl-  
inder is retraced (cutting units lowered). The switch and  
its electrical connector are located behind and below the  
hydraulic manifold on the cylinder support bracket.  
1. Disconnect switch electrical connector.  
2. With the cutting units lowered, check the continuity  
of the switch by connecting a multimeter (ohms setting)  
across the connector terminals. There should be conti-  
nuity across the switch.  
1
3. Raise the cutting units and check the continuity of  
the switch. There should be no continuity across the  
switch with the lift cylinder extended.  
4. Connect switch electrical connector.  
Figure 23  
1. Cutting unit interlock  
switch  
Backlap Switch  
The backlap switch is located on the hydraulic manifold.  
It is normally open and is closed when the backlap knob  
is turn clockwise to the backlap position.  
3
1. Disconnect the electrical connector.  
1
2. Check the continuity of the switch by connecting a  
multimeter (ohms setting) across the connector termi-  
nals.  
3. With the engine off, turn the backlap knob clockwise  
to the backlap position while watching the multimeter.  
Continuity should be made as the switch closes.  
2
4. Turnthebacklapknobcounterclockwisetothemow  
position while watching the multimeter. Continuity  
should be broken as the switch opens.  
Figure 24  
1. Backlap switch  
2. Connector  
3. Backlap knob  
5. Reconnect the electrical connector.  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Service and Repairs  
NOTE: See the Perkins 100 Series Workshop Manual  
for more component repair information.  
Battery Service  
The battery is the heart of the electrical system. With  
regular and proper service, battery life can be extend.  
Additionally, battery and electrical component failure  
can be prevented.  
B. Check battery terminal posts for corrosion. Use  
a terminal brush or steel wool to clean corrosion  
from the battery terminal posts.  
IMPORTANT: Before cleaning the battery, tape or  
block the vent holes to the filler caps and make sure  
the caps are on tightly.  
CAUTION  
FILLER CAPS  
CAP TUBES  
When working with batteries, use ex-  
treme caution to avoid slashing or spil-  
ling electrolyte. Electrolyte can destroy  
clothing and burn skin or eyes. Always  
wear safety goggles and a face shield  
when working with batteries.  
CORRECT  
WATER  
LEVEL  
COVER SEAL  
Electrolyte Specific Gravity  
Fully charged: 1.265 corrected to 80_F (26.7_C)  
Discharged: less than 1.240  
Figure 25  
Battery Specifications  
C. Check for signs of wetness or leakage on the top  
of the battery which might indicate a loose or mis-  
sing filler cap, overcharging, loose terminal post, or  
overfilling. Also, check the battery case for dirt and  
oil. Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda  
and water, then rinse it with clean water.  
BCI Group 55 Battery:  
450 Amp Cranking Performance at 0_ F (–17.8_ C)  
60 Minute Reserve Capacity at 80_F (26.7_C)  
Removal  
IMPORTANT: Be careful not to damage terminal  
posts or cable connectors when removing the bat-  
tery cables.  
D. Check that the cover seal is not broken away.  
Replace the battery if the seal is broken or leaking.  
1. Removethebatteryhold–downclamp. Slidebattery  
forward.  
E. Check the electrolyte level in each cell. If the lev-  
el is below the tops of the plates in any cell, fill all  
cells with distilled water to the bottom of the cap  
tubes. Charge at 15 to 25 amps for 15 minutes to al-  
low sufficient mixing of the electrolyte.  
2. Disconnect the ground cable (–) first to prevent  
short circuiting the battery, other components, or the op-  
erators hands. Disconnect the positive (+) cable.  
2. Conductahydrometertestofthebatteryelectrolyte.  
3. Make sure that the filler caps are on tightly.  
IMPORTANT: Make sure the area around the cells is  
clean before opening the battery caps.  
4. Remove battery from the battery compartment to a  
service area. This will minimize possible battery dam-  
age and allow better access for inspection and service.  
A. Measure the specific gravity of each cell with a  
hydrometer. Draw electrolyte in and out of the  
hydrometer barrel prior to taking a reading to warm–  
up the hydrometer. At the same time take the tem-  
perature of the cell.  
Inspection, Maintenance , and Testing  
1. Perform the following inspection and maintenance  
tasks:  
A. Check for cracks caused by overly tight or loose  
hold–down clamp. Replace battery if cracked and  
leaking.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B. Temperature correct each cell reading. For each  
10_F (5.5_C) above 80_F (26.7_C) add 0.004 to the  
specific gravity reading. For each 10_F (5.5_C) be-  
low 80_F (26.7_C) subtract 0.004 from the specific  
gravity reading.  
H. Using the table below, determine the minimum  
voltage for the cell temperature reading.  
Minimum  
Voltage  
Battery Electrolyte  
Temperature  
Example: Cell Temperature 100_F  
9.6  
9.5  
9.4  
9.3  
9.1  
8.9  
8.7  
8.5  
70_F (and up)  
21.1_C (and up)  
15.6_C  
Cell Gravity  
1.245  
0.008  
60_F  
50_F  
40_F  
30_F  
20_F  
10_F  
0_F  
ADD (20_ above 80_F)  
10.0_C  
Correction to 80_F 1.253  
4.4_C  
C. If the difference between the highest and lowest  
cell specific gravity is 0.050 or greater or the lowest  
cell specific gravity is less than 1.225, charge the  
battery. Charge at the recommended rate and time  
given in Charging or until all cells specific gravity is  
1.225 or greater with the difference in specific grav-  
ity between the highest and lowest cell less than  
0.050. If these charging conditions can not be met,  
replace the battery.  
–1.1_C  
–6.7_C  
–12.2_C  
–17.8_C  
I. If the test voltage is below the minimum, replace  
the battery. If the test voltage is at or above the mini-  
mum, return the battery to service.  
3. Perform a high–discharge test with an adjustable  
load tester.  
Installation  
Thisisoneofthemostreliablemeansoftestingabattery  
asitsimulatesthecold–crankingtest. Acommercialbat-  
tery load tester is required to perform this test.  
IMPORTANT: To prevent possible electrical prob-  
lems, install only a fully charged battery.  
1. Make sure the ignition switch and all accessories  
are off.  
CAUTION  
2. Make sure the battery compartment is clean and re-  
painted if necessary.  
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions  
when using a battery tester.  
3. Make sure all battery cables and connection are in  
goodconditionandthatthebatteryholddownclamphas  
been repaired or replaced.  
A. Check the voltage across the battery terminals  
prior to testing the battery. If the voltage is less than  
12.0 VDC, recharge the battery.  
4. Lift seat and place the battery near its compartment.  
Push the positive cable connector onto positive battery  
post. Do not hammer; this will damage the battery. Tight-  
en bolts with two wrenches.  
B. Ifthebatteryhasbeencharged, applya150amp  
load for 15 seconds to remove the surface charge.  
Use a battery load tester following the manufactur-  
er’s instructions.  
5. Place the battery in its compartment and make sure  
it is level and flat. Tighten the battery hold–down bolts  
uniformly to prevent cracking or distorting the battery  
case.  
C. Makesurethebatteryterminalsarefreeofcorro-  
sion.  
6. Apply a light coat of grease on all battery posts and  
cable connectors to reduce corrosion after connections  
are made.  
D. Measure the temperature of the center cell.  
E. Connect a battery load tester to the battery ter-  
minals following the manufacturer’s instruc-  
tions. Connect a digital multimeter to the battery  
terminals.  
7. Connect a digital multimeter (set to amps) between  
the negative battery post and the negative (ground)  
cable connector. The reading should be less than 0.1  
amp. If the reading is 0.1 amp or more, the unit’s electri-  
cal system should be tested and repaired.  
F. Apply a test load of one half the Cranking Perfor-  
mance rating (see Fig. 25) of the battery for 15 se-  
conds.  
8. Connect the negative (ground) cable connector to  
the negative battery post.  
G. Take a voltage reading at 15 seconds, then re-  
move the load.  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Charging  
To minimize possible damage to the battery and allow  
the battery to be fully charged, the slow charging meth-  
od is presented here. This charging method can be ac-  
complished with a constant current battery charger  
which is available in most shops.  
CAUTION  
Do not charge a frozen battery because it  
can explode and cause injury. Let the bat-  
tery warm to 60_F (15.5_ C) before con-  
necting to a charger.  
Charge the battery in a well–ventilated  
place to dissipate gases produced from  
charging. These gases are explosive;  
keep open flame and electrical spark  
away from the battery. Do not smoke.  
Nausea may result if the gases are in-  
haled. Unplug the charger from the elec-  
trical outlet before connecting or discon-  
nectingthechargerleadsfromthebattery  
posts.  
CAUTION  
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions  
when using a battery charging.  
1. Determine the battery charge level from either its  
open circuit voltage or specific gravity.  
Battery Charge Open Circuit  
Specific  
Gravity  
Level  
100%  
75%  
50%  
25%  
0%  
Voltage  
12.68  
12.45  
12.24  
12.06  
11.89  
3. Following the manufacturer’s instructions, con-  
nect the charger cables to the battery. Make sure a good  
connection is made.  
1.265  
1.225  
1.190  
1.155  
1.120  
4. Charge the battery following the manufacturer’s  
instructions.  
5. Occasionally check the temperature of the battery  
electrolyte. If the temperature exceeds 125_F (51.6_C)  
or the electrolyte is violently gassing or spewing, the  
charging rate must be lowered or temporarily stopped.  
2. Determine the charging time and rate using the  
manufacturer’s battery charger instructions or the  
following table.  
6. Three hours prior to the end of the charging, mea-  
sure the specific gravity of a battery cell once per hour.  
The battery is fully charged when the cells are gassing  
freely at a low charging rate and there is less than a  
0.003 change in specific gravity for three consecutive  
readings.  
Reserve  
Capacity  
(Minutes)  
Battery Charge Level  
(Percent of Fully Charged)  
75%  
50%  
25%  
0%  
80 or less 3.8 hrs  
@
7.5 hrs 11.3 hrs 15 hrs  
@
@
@
3 amps 3 amps 3 amps 3 amps  
81 to 125 5.3 hrs 10.5 hrs 15.8 hrs 21 hrs  
@
@
@
@
4 amps 4 amps 4 amps 4 amps  
126 to  
170  
5.5 hrs  
@
11 hrs  
@
16.5 hrs 22 hrs  
@
@
5 amps 5 amps 5 amps 5 amps  
171 to  
250  
5.8 hrs 11.5 hrs 17.3 hrs 23 hrs  
@
@
@
@
6 amps 6 amps 6 amps 6 amps  
above  
250  
6 hrs  
@
12 hrs  
@
18 hrs  
@
24 hrs  
@
10 amps 10 amps 10 amps 10 amps  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Cutting Unit Solenoid Valve Coil  
The solenoid valve coil can be easily replaced without  
opening the hydraulic system.  
3
1
Removal  
1. Disconnect the electrical connector.  
2. Remove the nut from the spool assembly.  
2
3
3. Slide the coil assembly and O–rings from the spool  
assembly. Discard the coil assembly and O–rings.  
4
4. Clean any corrosion or dirt from the spool assembly.  
Loctite 242  
Installation  
1. Coat new O–rings lightly with petroleum jelly. Slide  
new O–rings and new coil assembly onto the spool as-  
sembly. Align the coil assembly evenly with the manifold  
body.  
2. Apply Loctite 242 or equivalent to the threads.  
Screw the nut onto the spool assembly and torque to 15  
in–lb (17 KG–CM). Do not over tighten.  
Figure 26  
3. Connect the electrical connector.  
1. Nut  
2. Coil assembly  
3. O–ring  
4. Spool assembly  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Traction (Electric) Clutch (Fig. 27 through 31)  
Theclutchcircuitisnormallyenergizedwhentheengine  
is starting or running. When energized, an electromag-  
net pulls the armature into contact with the rotor to drive  
the pulley and the traction motor through a fan belt.  
2
1
Failure to engage the clutch is likely caused by too large  
of a clutch air gap, a circuit fault in the clutchelectromag-  
net, or another electrical problem (see Wiring Schemat-  
ics).  
3
4
Note: The air gap is not adjustable. The clutch must  
be serviced as a whole and individual parts can not be  
replaced.  
Figure 27  
1. Flanged nut  
2. Dampener  
3. Traction arm  
4. U–bracket support  
Removal  
2
5
1. Make sure the engine is off and the fuel solenoid is  
disconnected.  
4
1
2. Lift the hood and disconnect the clutch electrical  
connection. Make sure the connection is free of the  
cable harness and the R–bracket holding it to the engine  
block.  
2
3. Remove the right and left front panels to access the  
clutch and U–bracket support.  
Figure 28  
1. Nut  
4. Adjusting yoke  
2. Cotter pin  
3. Clevis pin  
5. Pump mount  
4. Remove the flanged nut securing the dampener to  
the traction arm. Remove nut, lock washer and flat  
washer securing the dampener to the U–bracket sup-  
port. Remove the dampener (Fig 27).  
5. Remove the two bolts, flat washers, and grommets  
holding the tank to the U–bracket support. Remove the  
nuts, carriage bolts, and U–bracket support from the  
frame (Fig. 29).  
6. Loosen nut on adjusting yoke. Remove the cotter  
and clevis pins from the adjusting yoke. Tilt pump mount  
and remove the pump belt (Fig 28).  
4
5
3
6
7. Remove long capscrew with the jam nut from en-  
gine block. Retain the position of the jam nut on the  
capscrew (Fig. 30).  
6
8. Remove the spindle with the clutch attached by al-  
ternately loosening all spindle capscrews and then pull-  
ing on the clutch (Fig. 30). When the spindle is free of the  
fly wheel, slide it up along the flywheel and rotate it out  
to clear the traction pedal and foot rest.  
2
5
1
9. Remove the capscrews, lock washers, and pulley  
from the clutch (Fig. 30).  
Figure 29  
1. Capscrew  
2. Flat washer  
3. Grommet  
4. Hydraulic tank 6. Carriage bolt  
5. Nut  
10. Remove the capscrew, lockwasher, and flat washer  
from the spindle. Slide the clutch and key from the clutch  
spindle (Fig. 30).  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Electrical System  
Page 5 – 31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
through the flat washers and grommets; apply loctite to  
capscrew threads. Secure the hydraulic tank to the U–  
bracket support with the two capscrews (Fig. 29).  
1. When installing an new clutch, remove the wire  
bracket from the old clutch and install it with the flat  
washers and new pop rivets on the new clutch. Run the  
wires through the bracket and tie wrap to them to the  
bracket as on the original clutch. Make sure wires are  
tight against the clutch wire bracket or they will  
catch in the spindle bolts (Fig. 30).  
11. Attach the dampener to the traction pedal and U–  
bracket support (Fig. 27). Adjust the traction pedal (see  
Adjustments section of Chapter 4 – Hydraulic System).  
12. Replace and secure panels to the unit. Reconnect  
the fuel solenoid.  
2. Make sure the spindle is free of dirt and rust. Insert  
the capscrews with flat washers through the spindle  
base from the shaft side (Fig. 30).  
11  
1
12  
15  
2
13  
3. Apply never seize to the spindle shaft and keyway.  
Slide the clutch rotor (Fig. 31) onto the spindle shaft with  
the bracket side towards the spindle base (Fig. 30).  
Make sure that the capscrews with the flat washers stay  
in the spindle holes.  
14  
16  
7
4
4. Apply never seize to the key. Insert the key into the  
keyway. Slide the armature (Fig. 31) onto the shaft and  
key (Fig. 30).  
8
10  
17  
9
5. Place the the capscrews through the lock washers  
and secure the pulley to the clutch. Place the lock wash-  
er and large flat washer onto the capscrew and secure  
them to the shaft; torque from 40 to 50 ft–lb (Fig. 30).  
5
6
3
6. Place the clutch and spindle up to the flywheel.  
Screw one of the capscrews into the flywheel to support  
the spindle during alignment. Secure all the capscrews  
while pushing the spindle into the flywheel; tighten in a  
crisscross pattern (Fig. 30).  
Figure 30  
1. Long capscrew 7. Clutch  
2. Jam nut 8. Capscrew  
3. Clutch spindle 9. Lock washer  
13. Flat washer  
14. Key  
15. Wire bracket  
16. Pop rivet  
17. Flat washer  
4. Flywheel  
5. Capscrew  
6. Flat washer  
10. Pulley  
11. Capscrew  
12. Lock washer  
7. Align the wire bracket with the long capscrew into  
their original position. Secure the long capscrew and  
jam nut through the bracket into the engine block (Fig.  
30).  
1
2
8. Run the electrical connector through the R–bracket  
with the cable harness and reconnect. Make sure the  
wires do not make contact with moving parts of the  
clutch and that the R–bracket capscrew is tight.  
9. Tilt the pump mount and install the belt to the clutch  
and pump pulleys. Align the adjusting yoke with the  
pump mount holes and secure with the clevis and cotter  
pins (Fig. 28). Adjust the belt (see Adjustments section  
of Chapter 4 – Hydraulic System).  
Figure 31  
1. Rotor  
2. Armature  
10. Secure the U–bracket support to the frame using  
the carriage bolts and nuts. Place the two capscrews  
Electrical System  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 5 – 32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 6  
Wheels and Brakes  
Table of Contents  
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Hand Brake Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
SERVICE AND REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4  
Rear Wheel (3WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4  
Rear Wheel (2WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5  
Front Wheel and Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Wheels and Brakes  
Page 6 – 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Specifications  
Item  
Description  
Front tire pressure  
12 to 16 PSI, (0.83 to 1.10 bar)  
Rear tire pressure  
2 ply (Older models)  
4 ply (Newer models)  
8 to 10 PSI, (0.55 to 0.69 bar)  
12 to 16 PSI, (0.83 to 1.10 bar)  
Front and rear wheel lug nut torque  
45 to 65 ft–lb, (6.22 to 8.98 kg–m)  
250 to 400 ft–lb, (34.6 to 55.3 kg–m)  
Wheel planetary mounting cap screw torque  
Wheels and Brakes  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 6 – 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
Hand Brake  
1. Ensure machine is parked on a level surface with  
the cutting units lowered. Ensure engine is off.  
3
2. Jack up the front of the machine and support it from  
under the frame with jack stands. Remove both front  
wheels.  
4
1
2
3. Make sure brake is in the OFF position.  
Brake Arm  
4. Turnby–passvalveontractionpumptotheby–pass  
position as described in the General Information section  
of Chapter 4 – Hydraulic System.  
Lever Distance  
5
5. Loosen jam nut (1) on the clevis (2).  
6. Adjust brake arm lever distance.  
A. Remove cotter pin (3) securing the clevis (2) to  
the upper brake arm lever (4). Disconnect clevis  
from the upper brake arm lever.  
Figure 1  
1. Jam nut  
2. Clevis  
3. Cotter pin  
4. Upper brake arm lever  
5. Lower brake arm lever  
B. Rotateclevisoneturnatatime(clockwise)tode-  
crease the distance between the upper brake arm  
lever and lower brake arm lever (5).  
11. Turn by–pass valve on traction pump to the closed  
position as described in the General Information section  
of Chapter 4 – Hydraulic System.  
C. Install clevis to upper brake arm lever. Install cot-  
ter pin to clevis.  
12. After any brake adjustment, operate the vehicle at  
a low speed (one mph or less) and check that brakes en-  
gage equally on both wheels. Readjust as necessary.  
D. Repeat steps 6.A. through 6.C. until the brake  
shoes firmly contact the brake drums (the wheel will  
not turn by hand).  
E. When the wheel will not turn by hand, back the  
brake shoes off the brake drum. Remove cotter pin  
securing top of the clevis to the upper brake arm le-  
ver. Disconnect clevis from the upper brake arm le-  
ver.  
F. Rotate clevis one turn at a time (counterclock-  
wise) to increase the distance between the upper  
brake arm lever and lower brake arm lever by  
5/8–inch.  
7. Install clevis (2) to the upper brake arm lever (4).  
Install and lock cotter pin (3) into the clevis. Tighten jam  
nut (1).  
8. Repeat procedure for the other wheel.  
9. Checkbrakeadjustmentandadjustagainasneces-  
sary.  
10. Install wheels.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Wheels and Brakes  
Page 6 – 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Service and Repairs  
Rear Wheel (3WD)  
Removal  
1. Park machine on a level surface. Ensure engine is  
off. Set hand brake and block front wheels.  
7
2
2. Lift rear wheel off the ground using a jack. Secure  
back of the frame.  
3
3. Remove lug nuts from the wheel hub studs. Slide off  
wheel assembly.  
8
4. Remove lock nut from the wheel motor shaft.  
5
IMPORTANT: DO NOT hit wheel hub with a hammer  
during removal or installation. Hammering may  
cause damage to the wheel motor.  
6
4
5. Mount a wheel puller to the wheel hub studs and re-  
move the wheel hub off the wheel motor shaft. Remove  
the woodruff key.  
1
Figure 2  
1. Lug nut  
2. Wheel hub stud  
3. Wheel assembly  
4. Lock nut  
5. Wheel motor shaft  
6. Wheel hub  
7. Woodruff key  
8. Wheel motor  
6. Remove rust from all parts with a wire brush prior to  
installation. Clean all parts. Replace any worn or dam-  
aged parts.  
Installation  
1. Install woodruff key and wheel hub onto the wheel  
motor shaft.  
2. Install lock nut to wheel motor shaft and tighten to  
a torque of 250 to 400 ft–lb (34.6 to 55.3 kg–m).  
3. Install wheel assembly and secure the lug nuts to  
the wheel hub studs.  
4. Tighten lug nuts evenly in a crossing pattern to a  
torque of 45 to 65 ft–lb (6.22 to 8.98 kg–m).  
Wheels and Brakes  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 6 – 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rear Wheel (2WD)  
Removal  
1
1. Park machine on a level surface. Ensure engine is  
off. Set hand brake and block front wheels.  
7
2. Lift rear wheel off the ground using a jack. Secure  
back of the frame.  
4
2
3. Remove lock nut (1) and flat washer (2) from the  
castor axle (3). Slide castor axle from the castor fork (4)  
and remove wheel.  
3
6
5
4. If the wheel was removed because of bad bearings,  
proceed as follows:  
7
A. Remove spacer (5) from the rim (6).  
B. Pull bearings (7) from the rim.  
Installation  
Figure 3  
1. Lock nut  
5. Spacer  
6. Rim  
7. Bearing  
2. Flat washer  
3. Castor axle  
4. Castor fork  
1. Ifthebearings(7)wereremovedfromtherim(6), re-  
place with new bearings as follows:  
A. Press a new bearing into one side of the rim until  
the flange of outer race is flush with the rim.  
B. Slidespacer(5)throughthebearinguntiltheend  
of the spacer is flush with the outside of the bearing  
inner race.  
C. Presstheremainingnewbearing(7)intotheoth-  
er side of the rim and over the spacer so the flange  
of outer race is flush with the rim.  
D. The spacer must not extend beyond the inner  
race of either bearing.  
2. Install wheel and slide castor axle (3) through the  
castor fork (4) and wheel.  
3. Secure flat washer (2) and lock nut (1) to the castor  
axle (3). Torque lock nut from 45 to 65 ft–lb (6.2 to 9.0  
kg–m).  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Wheels and Brakes  
Page 6 – 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Front Wheel and Brake  
7
8
6
5
4
3
9
2
2
45  
24  
10  
46  
11  
47  
48  
12, 38  
13  
11  
37  
6
49  
14  
17  
16  
15  
42  
47  
19  
36  
18  
27  
39  
35  
34  
28, 29  
26  
20  
25  
1
27  
30  
33  
27  
32  
21  
22  
44  
23  
43  
31  
17  
40  
41  
LEFT WHEEL SHOWN  
Figure 4  
1. Lock nut  
18. Wheel hub  
34. Hex nut  
2. Lock nut  
19. Brake drum  
20. Lug tire  
21. Lock rim  
22. Lug nut  
23. Wheel hub stud  
24. Socket head screw  
25. Brake bracket  
26. Wheel shield  
27. Cotter pin  
28. Brake arm assembly (RH)  
29. Brake arm assembly (LH)  
30. Roll pin  
35. Adjusting rod  
36. thrust washer  
37. Brake shaft  
38. Wheel motor (LH)  
39. Spacer  
40. Lock nut  
41. Valve stem  
42. Extension spring  
43. Pivot pin  
44. Brake plate  
45. O–ring  
3. Flat washer  
4. Hex head screw  
5. Flange nut  
6. Adjusting rod  
7. Parking brake assembly  
8. Flanged screw  
9. Spring  
10. Hydraulic fitting  
11. Elbow fitting  
12. Wheel motor (RH)  
13. Lock nut  
14. Flat washer  
46. O–ring  
47. O–ring  
48. O–ring  
49. Key  
31. Clevis pin  
32. Brake lever assembly  
33. Clevis  
15. Grass brake shield  
16. Hex head screw  
17. Brake shoe  
Removal  
3. Lift front wheel off the ground using a jack. Block  
front and rear of other wheels.  
1. Park machine on a level surface. Ensure engine is  
off.  
4. Remove lug nuts (22) and tire and rim assembly (20  
and 21). Remove lock nut (40) from wheel hub (18).  
2. Make sure brake is in the OFF position.  
Wheels and Brakes  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 6 – 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IMPORTANT: DO NOT hit wheel hub (18) with a ham-  
mer during removal or installation. Hammering may  
cause damage to the wheel motor (12 or 38).  
Installation  
1. Secure flat washers (14), grass brake shield (15),  
and brake plate (44) to the brake bracket (25) with the  
hex head screws (16) and lock nuts (13). Tightenfasten-  
ers.  
5. Useapullertoremovethewheelhub(18)andbrake  
drum (19). Remove the key (49) from the wheel motor  
shaft.  
2. Connect brake lever assembly (32) to the clevis  
(33). Install clevis pin (31) through the brake lever as-  
sembly and clevis. Install and lock cotter pin (27) into the  
clevis pin (31).  
6. Remove brake extension springs (42) from brake  
shoes (17). Remove brake shoes from brake plate (44).  
7. Remove cotter pin (27) from the clevis pin (31). Re-  
move clevis pin from the brake lever assembly (32).  
Separate brake lever assembly from the clevis (33).  
3. Install brake shoes (17) onto the brake plate (44).  
Install extension springs (42) into the holes on each end  
of the brake shoes. Springs should be installed in oppo-  
site directions of each other.  
8. Remove hex head screws (16) and lock nuts (13)  
holding the brake plate (44) and grass brake shield (15)  
to the brake bracket (25).  
4. Mount key (49) in the wheel motor shaft, then install  
the wheel hub (18) and the brake drum (19) onto the  
wheel motor shaft.  
IMPORTANT: DO NOT remove brake lever assembly  
(32) from the brake plate (44)..  
5. Install the lock nut (40) onto the wheel motor shaft  
and tighten to torque of 250 to 400 ft–lb (34.6 to 55.3  
kg–m).  
9. Remove brake plate (44), flat washers (14), and  
grass brake shield (15) from the brake bracket (25).  
10. Remove rust from all parts with a wire brush prior to  
installation. Clean all parts. Inspect brake shoe contact  
surfaces of the brake drum for excessive wear. Replace  
any worn or damaged parts.  
6. Adjust and check brakes.  
7. Install tire and wheel assembly (items 20 and 21)  
and secure the lug nuts (22) to the wheel hub studs (23).  
Tighten lug nuts evenly in a crossing pattern to a torque  
of 45 to 65 ft–lb (6.22 to 8.98 kg–m).  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Wheels and Brakes  
Page 6 – 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Wheels and Brakes  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 6 – 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 7  
Cutting Units  
Table of Contents  
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5  
ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7  
Lift Arm Counterbalance Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7  
Height–of–Cut and Leveling both Rollers . . . . . . . 8  
Bedknife Parallel to Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9  
Height–of–Cut and Front Roller Level . . . . . . . . . 10  
SERVICE AND REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11  
Greasing Bearings, Bushings, and Pivot Points . 11  
Backlapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12  
Hydraulic Motor Removal and Installation . . . . . 13  
Cutting Unit Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . 14  
Bedbar Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16  
Bedknife Replacement and Grinding . . . . . . . . . . 18  
Roller Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
Roller Bearing and Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . 20  
Reel Removal and Bearing Replacement . . . . . . 22  
Preparing a Reel for Grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24  
Fixed Side Plate Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25  
Skid Kit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 7 – 1  
Cutting Units  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Specifications  
Figure 1  
MOUNTING: All cutting units are supported by equal  
length independent lift arms and are interchangeable to  
all three cutting unit positions.  
5 blade at 880 reel rpm moving 5 mph (8 km/h)  
1.19” (30.3 mm) clip.  
8 blade at 880 reel rpm moving 4 mph (6.4 km/h)  
.60” (15.2 mm) clip.  
REEL CONSTRUCTION: 5 or 8 blades of 7” (18 cm) di-  
ameter welded to 5 stamped steel spiders. Reels are  
mounted on greaseable self–aligning ball bearings. The  
RM2300–D reel is 27 inches long and the RM2600–D  
reel is 32 inches long.  
8 blade at 880 reel rpm moving 5 mph (8 km/h)  
.75” (19.1 mm) clip.  
RM2300–D OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT:  
Full Roller Kit  
Sectional Roller Kit  
Wiehle Roller Kit  
Anti–Scalp Roller Kit  
Grass Basket Kit  
Roller Scraper Kit  
Comb Kit  
Model No. 03440  
Model No. 03445  
Model No. 03450  
Model No. 03447  
Model No. 03443  
Part No. 60–9560  
Part No. 67–9400  
Part No. 93–6915  
Part No. 94–3664  
HEIGHT OF CUT RANGE:  
Floating Cutting Unit – 1/4” to 1–3/4”  
(6.4mm to 44.4mm)  
Fixed Cutting Unit – 1/2” to 2–5/8”  
(12.7 mm to 65.6 mm)  
Fixed Kit  
Skid Kit  
POWER:Reelmotorsalloweasyremovalfromorinstal-  
lation onto the cutting unit. Cutting units can be driven  
from either end.  
RM2600–D OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT:  
Sectional Roller Kit  
Wiehle Roller Kit  
Anti–Scalp Roller Kit  
Roller Scraper Kit  
Fixed Kit  
Model No. 03476  
HEIGHT–OF–CUT  
&
ROLLER ADJUSTMENT:  
Model No. 03475  
Model No. 03477  
Model No. 03478  
Part No. 93–6915  
Part No. 94–3664  
Height–of–cut adjustment is made with the rear roller by  
a quick locating pin and/or threaded micro–adjustment.  
Frontrollerpositionisadjustableto3locationstosetcut-  
ting unit attitude.  
Skid Kit  
BEDKNIFE AND BEDBAR ADJUSTMENT: A single  
knob screw adjustment for bedknife to reel is located at  
the center of the bedbar. The adjustment knob detent al-  
lows 0.001 inch bedknife movement for each indexed  
position.  
CUTTING UNIT LIFT: Hydraulic lift has an automatic  
reel shut off. All units are controlled from one lever.  
SUSPENSION SYSTEM: Adjustable counterbalance  
spring provide for a fully floating suspension. L–I–N–  
K–ST cutting unit suspension system provides fore and  
aft oscillation. Main center pivot allows side–to–side os-  
cillation. With optional Fixed Kit (Part No. 93–6915), cut-  
ting units can be locked into fixed (fore/aft) position for  
use with skids or anti–scalp rollers.  
CLIP FREQUENCY: With variable speed set to maxi-  
mum rpm:  
5 blade at 880 reel rpm moving 4 mph (6.4 km/h)  
.96” (24.4 mm) clip.  
Cutting Units  
Page 7 – 2  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Special Tools  
Order special tools from the TORO SPECIAL TOOLS  
AND APPLICATIONS GUIDE (COMMERCIAL PROD-  
UCTS).  
Some tools may have been supplied with your machine  
or available as TORO parts. Some tools may also be  
available from a local supplier.  
Gauge Bar Assembly  
Use gauge bar to verify height of cut.  
Gauge Bar  
Figure 2  
Handle Assembly  
For applying lapping compound to cutting units while  
keep hands a safe distance from the rotating reel.  
Figure 3  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 7 – 3  
Cutting Units  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Bedknife Screw Tool  
This screwdriver–type bit is made to fit Toro bedknife at-  
taching screws. Use this bit with a torque wrench to se-  
cure the bedknife to the bedbar.  
DO NOT use and air or manual impact wrench with this  
tool.  
Figure 4  
Cutting Units  
Page 7 – 4  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
There are a number of factors that can contribute to un-  
satisfactory quality of cut, some of which may be turf  
conditions. Turf conditions such as excessive thatch,  
“sponginess” or attempting to cut off too much grass  
height may not always be overcome by adjusting the  
machine. It is important to remember that the lower the  
height of cut, the more critical these factors are.  
Remember that the “effective” or actual height of cut de-  
pends on cutting unit weight and turf conditions. Effec-  
tive height of cut will be different than the bench set  
height of cut.  
Factors That Can Affect Quality of Cut  
Factor  
Possible Problem/Correction  
1. Engine maximum governed speed.  
Check maximum governed engine speed. Adjust  
speed to specifications if necessary. If engine is not  
running at specified maximum governed RPM, reel  
speed settings may not match ground speed.  
2. Reel speed and ground speed.  
Adjust reel speed to setting shown on REEL SPEED  
SETTINGS graph for the number of reel blades (5 or 8)  
and the desired ground speed (see Operator”s  
Manual).  
All reels should rotate at about the same speed. All  
cutting units should have equal bedknife to reel  
contact. If checking RPM, do not run reel too long  
without cutting grass, or bedknife and/or reel may  
overheat and “rifle”.  
See other items in Troubleshooting section of Chapter  
4 – Hydraulic System.  
3. Cutting unit counter balance tension adjustment.  
The counter balance spring on each cutting unit lift arm  
can be adjusted to compensate for different turf  
conditions. Decreased counter balance tension will  
help keep the cutting units on the ground when  
mowing at higher speeds, and it helps maintain a  
uniform height of cut in rough conditions or in areas of  
thatch build up. Increased counterbalance tension will  
improve traction by increasing weight on the front tires.  
Also, the spring may be adjusted at the cutting unit  
pivot point. Raising the spring at the lift tab decreases  
the cutting unit weight at the outboard end. Lowering  
the spring at the lift tab increases the cutting unit  
weight at the outboard end.  
NOTE: Decreased counter balance tension may lower  
the actual or ”effective” height of cut.  
4. Tire pressure.  
Check each tire’s pressure. Adjust to pressures  
specified in Specifications section of Chapter 6 –  
Wheels and Brakes.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 7 – 5  
Cutting Units  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Factor  
Possible Problem/Correction  
5. Reel bearing condition.  
All reels should rotate freely. Make sure bearings are  
properly lubricated. Replace bearings if worn or  
damaged.  
6. Reel and bedknife sharpness.  
Reel and/or bedknife that has rounded cutting edges or  
“rifling” cannot be corrected by tightening bedknife to  
reel contact. Grind reel to remove taper and/or rifling  
(grooved or wavy appearance). Grind bedknife to  
sharpen and/or remove rifling. (Most common cause of  
rifling is bedknife to reel contact that is too tight.)  
NOTE: New bedknife must be ground or backlapped  
after installing on bedbar.  
7. Bedknife to reel adjustment.  
Check bedknife to reel contact daily. Bedknife must  
have light contact all across reel. No contact will cause  
cutting edges to become dull. Excessive contact  
accelerates wear; quality of cut may be adversely  
affected.  
Slightly dull cutting edges may be corrected by  
backlapping, Excessively dull cutting edges must be  
corrected by grinding the reel and bedknife.  
8. Front roller position.  
9. Rear roller parallel to reel.  
10. Height of cut.  
Make sure front rollers on all cutting units are in the  
same position.  
Rear roller must be set so that it is parallel with the reel  
before setting height of cut.  
Make sure all cutting units are set at the same height  
of cut. Set units as specified in the Operator’s Manual.  
11. Bedbar stability.  
Check bedbar end bushings, adjuster pivot bushings  
and nylon flanged bushings for wear or damage.  
Check adjustment knob to make sure detent holds  
adjustment.  
12. Number of reel blades.  
Use cutting unit model with correct number of blades  
for clip frequency and optimum quality of cut range  
(see Specifications).  
13. Cutting unit alignment and ground following.  
14. Roller condition.  
Check lift arms and cutting unit pivot linkages for wear,  
damage, binding, or bent pivot pins.  
All rollers should rotate freely. Make sure bearings are  
properly lubricated. Replace bearings if worn  
damaged.  
Cutting Units  
Page 7 – 6  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjustments  
CAUTION  
Never install or work on the cutting units  
or lift arms with the traction unit engine  
running. Always stop the engine and re-  
move the key first.  
Lift Arm Counterbalance Spring  
WARNING  
DO NOT REMOVE THESE PINS  
Use caution when tensioning springs as  
they are under heavy load. Do not move  
lift lever, cutting units can lower without  
the engine running.  
3
2
1. Raise cutting units to relieve tension on the counter-  
balance springs.  
2. Makesuremachineisshutoffandparkingbrake  
is set.  
3. Removecotterpinandclevispinsecuringthespring  
shackle to the counterbalance arm. Do not remove the  
other clevis pin .  
4
1
Figure 5  
4. Move shackle up or down the counter balance arm  
until it aligns with the desired hole of the arm.  
1. Clevis pin & cotter pin  
2. Spring Shackle  
3. Counterbalance arm  
4. Counterbalance spring  
Counterbalance Arm  
Hole Position  
Application  
Middle Hole  
Second Hole from Top  
Top Hole  
for 5 blade reels  
for 8 blade reels without  
baskets  
for 8 blade reels with  
baskets  
IMPORTANT: These are recommended settings.  
Readjust spring positions to attain optimum per-  
formance. By raising spring locations on counter-  
balance arms, cutting unit weight on ground is  
reduced and traction is increased.  
5. Reinstall clevis pin through the desired hole, then  
attach cotter pin.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 7 – 7  
Cutting Units  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Height–of–Cut and Leveling Rear Roller  
Note: Both floating and fixed cutting units can use this  
method for making height of cut adjustments and level-  
ing both front and back rollers.  
6
1. Position cutting unit on a flat level table or board.  
5/8”  
2. Slightly loosen (crack) nut securing each roller  
bracket to the angle bracket.  
8
3. For the rear roller, adjust support cap screw to  
achieve 5/8” +1/16 (15.9 mm "1.6) dimension between  
both Height–of–Cut supports and rear roller brackets.  
5
4
2
1”  
4. For the front roller, adjust support cap screw to  
achieve 1” + 1/16 (25.4 mm "1.6) dimension between  
both Height–of–Cut supports and front roller brackets.  
7
5. For the rear roller, remove hairpin cotters securing  
rear Height–of–Cut pins and reinstall in the 1/2” setting  
as indicated on the rear Height–of–Cut plate.  
1
4
6. For the front roller, remove hairpin cotters securing  
front Height–of–Cut pins and reinstall in the 1/4” setting  
as indicated on the front Height–of–Cut plate to allow  
clearance between front roller and table.  
3
Figure 6  
1. Nut  
5. Support capscrew  
6. Height–of–Cut support  
7. Height–of–Cut pins  
8. Height–of Cut plate  
2. Rear roller bracket  
3. Front roller bracket  
4. Angle bracket  
7. Position a 1/2” or thicker bar under the reel blades  
and against the front face of the bedknife. Make sure bar  
covers the full length of reel blades.  
8. Verify that rear roller is level, by attempting to insert  
a piece of paper under each end of roller. The paper  
should not fit between the roller and the table.  
9. Level rear roller by adjusting the appropriate sup-  
port cap screw on rear roller supports until the roller is  
parallel and the entire length of roller contacts the table.  
A piece of paper inserted between the roller and the  
table should not fit.  
10. When roller is level, adjust both rollers to desired  
Height–of–Cut with pins. Tighten nuts securing roller  
brackets and replace hairpin cotters to the Height of  
cut pins.  
Cutting Units  
Page 7 – 8  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Bedknife Parallel to Reel (Fig. 7 through Fig. 9)  
1. Removeanyreelcontactbyturningthebedknifead-  
justment knob counterclockwise (Fig. 7). Tip cutting unit  
to gain access to the reel and bedknife (Fig. 8).  
2. On either end of reel, insert a long strip of dry news-  
paper between reel and bedknife. While slowly rotating  
reel into bedknife, turn bedknife adjusting knob clock-  
wise, one click at a time until paper is pinched lightly,  
which results in a slight drag when paper is pulled.  
3. Check for light contact at other end of reel using pa-  
per. If light contact is not evident, proceed to next step.  
4. Loosen both carriage bolts on bedbar adjuster  
(Fig.9 ).  
5. Adjust nuts to move bedbar adjuster up or down un-  
til paper is pinched along entire bedknife surface, when  
bedknife adjustment knob is adjusted to no more than  
two clicks beyond first contact of reel bedknife (Fig.9).  
Figure 8  
6. Tighten nuts and carriage bolts and verify adjust-  
ment.  
1
3
2
1
Figure 7  
1. Bedknife adjusting screw  
Figure 9  
1. Carriage bolts  
3. Adjustment nuts  
2. Bedbar adjuster  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 7 – 9  
Cutting Units  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Height–of–Cut and Front Roller Level  
1. On gauge bar, set head of screw to desired Height–  
of–Cut. This measurement is from bar face to underside  
of screw head. Gauge bar (Toro Part No. 13–8199) may  
be obtained from your local Toro Distributor.  
2
4
3
2. Slightly loosen (crack) nuts securing each front roll-  
er bracket to the angle bracket.  
5
3. Place the bar across the front and rear rollers and  
adjust both front roller support capscrews until the un-  
derside of the head of screw on the gauge bar engages  
the bedknife cutting edge. Do this on both ends of reel.  
4. Tighten all nuts securing the roller brackets.  
1
6
Figure 10  
1. Gauge bar  
5. Front roller support cap  
screw  
6. Bedknife  
2. Front roller bracket nut  
3. Front roller bracket  
4. Angle bracket  
Cutting Units  
Page 7 – 10  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Service and Repairs  
Greasing Bearings, Bushings, and Pivot Points (Fig. 11 and Fig. 12)  
Note: Each cutting unit has (8) grease fittings (with  
optional front roller installed) that must be lubricated  
regularly with No. 2 General Purpose Lithium Base  
EARLIER UNITS  
Grease.  
Note: On earlier production cutting units the grease  
fittings for the reels are locate on the inside of the cutting  
unit. Later production models have the grease fittings lo-  
cated on the outside portion of the bearing housing.  
1. The grease fitting locations and quantities are:  
A. Bedknife adjuster (2) (Fig. 11). Grease these fit-  
tings every 50 hours.  
LATER UNITS  
Figure 12  
B. Reel bearings (inside sideplate), (2) and front  
and rear rollers (2 ea.) (Fig. 12). Grease these fit-  
tings every 8 hours.  
IMPORTANT: Lubricating cutting units immediately af-  
ter washing helps purge water out of bearings and in-  
creases bearing life.  
2. Wipe each grease fitting with a clean rag.  
3. Apply grease until pressure is felt against the han-  
dle.  
4. Wipe excess grease away.  
Figure 11  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 7 – 11  
Cutting Units  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Backlapping  
2
1
DANGER  
TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR  
DEATH:  
D Never place hands or feet in reel area  
while engine is running.  
D While backlapping, reels may stall and  
then restart.  
D Do not attempt to restart reels by hand  
or foot.  
D Do not adjust reels while engine is  
running.  
D If reel stalls, stop engine before  
Figure 13  
attempting to clear reel.  
1. Backlap knob  
2. Reel speed knob  
D Reel motors are connected in series,  
moving one motor moves the other two.  
7. To make an adjustment to the cutting units while  
backlapping, turn reels OFF by pushing in on the knob  
on instrument panel and turning the engine OFF. After  
adjustments have been completed, repeat steps 4–6.  
1. Position machine on a clean, level surface, lower  
the cutting units, stop the engine, engage parking brake  
and remove key from the ignition switch.  
8. When backlap operation is completed, rotate back-  
lap knob counter–clockwise to the MOW position, set  
reel speed controls to the desired mowing setting and  
wash all lapping compound off the cutting units.  
2. Unlatch and raise hood to expose the controls.  
3. Rotate backlap knob, on valve block, clockwise to  
backlap position. Rotate reel speed knob to position 1.  
Note: Additional instructions and procedures on  
Backlapping are available in the TORO Sharpening  
Reel & Rotary Mowers Manual Form No. 80–300SC.  
4. Make initial reel to bedknife adjustments appropri-  
ate for backlapping on all cutting units. Start engine and  
set engine to low idle speed.  
Note: For a better cutting edge, run a file across the  
front face of the bedknife when the lapping operation is  
completed. This will remove any burrs or rough edges  
that may have built up on the cutting edge.  
5. Engage reels by pulling out knob on instrument  
panel.  
CAUTION  
Be careful when lapping the reel because  
contact with the reel or other moving  
parts can result in personal injury.  
6. Apply lapping compound with a long handled brush.  
Cutting Units  
Page 7 – 12  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hydraulic Motor Removal and Installation  
Removal  
1. Remove two capscrews holding the hydraulic motor  
to the bearing housing.  
2. Remove hydraulic motor and spider coupling from  
the bearing housing.  
HOUSING  
FACE  
3. Position the hydraulic motor away from the cutting  
unit prior to removing or working on the cutting unit.  
2
Inspection  
1. Inspect spider coupling for wear. Replace worn cou-  
pling with new one.  
2. Check coupling inside bearing housing. If coupling  
is loose remove and check for worn threads. Replace  
coupling if threads are worn. Reinstall coupling (see  
Reel Removal and Bearing Replacement, Install Reel).  
3
4
5
1
Installation  
Figure 14  
1. Capscrew  
2. Hydraulic motor  
3. Bearing housing  
4. Spider couping  
5. O–ring  
Note: The cutting unit can be installed with the hy-  
draulic motor driving the unit from the other side. If so,  
remove the bearing housing cap screws, cover, and  
cover gasket; reinstall them on the opposite bearing  
housing from the motor.  
1. Dip spider coupling in No. 2 General Purpose Lithi-  
um Base Grease. Reinstall spider coupling into the  
bearing housing.  
2. Reinstall hydraulic motor.  
A. On models without the O–ring, clean bearing  
housing face and place a bead of RTV around the  
face of the housing to form a seal. Mount hydraulic  
motor to the bearing housing. Secure motor with the  
two capscrews.  
B. On models with O–rings, replace if necessary.  
Make sure O–ring is on the front plate of the motor.  
Mount hydraulic motor to the bearing housing. Se-  
cure motor with the two capscrews.  
3. Grease bearing housing sufficiently to fill housing  
with grease (see Greasing Bearings, Bushings, and Piv-  
ot Points).  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 7 – 13  
Cutting Units  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Cutting Unit Removal and Installation (Fig. 15 through Fig. 18)  
Remove Cutting Unit  
3
1. Raise cutting units to relieve the tension on the  
counterbalance springs.  
2. Make sure traction unit is shut off and parking  
brake is set.  
2
4
WARNING  
INSERT  
BREAKER BAR  
1
Use caution when relieving tension or  
tensioning springs as they are under  
heavy load. Do not move lift lever, cutting  
Figure 15  
1. Bottom capscrew  
2. Top capscrew  
3. Counterbalance arm  
4. Counterbalance spring  
units can lower without the engine run-  
ning.  
3. Loosen top cap screw. Put breaker bar in the square  
2
hole and hold tension of spring (Fig. 15).  
3
4. Removebottomcapscrewandslowlyrelievethere-  
maining tension on the spring (Fig. 15).  
5. Remove capscrews, lock washers, and lift tab se-  
curing the spring to the carrier frame. Remove spring  
from the carrier frame (Fig. 16).  
1
4
6. Note from which hole on the lift tab the spring is re-  
moved from.  
Note: On rear cutting unit, also remove the thrust  
washer. The thrust washer is located between the rear  
of the carrier frame and the flat washer.  
Figure 16  
1. Capscrew and lock washer 3. Spring  
2. Lift tab  
4. Carrier frame  
7. Remove flange head cap screw and flat washer  
from the pivot rod (Fig. 17).  
8. Disconnect tipper chain on front carrier frame (Fig.  
18). Slide carrier frame off the pivot rod.  
Install Cutting Unit  
1. Place thrust washer on pivot rod (front cutting units  
only), and slide carrier frame onto pivot rod (Fig. 17).  
3
Note: On rear cutting unit, reinstall thrust washer be-  
tween the rear of the carrier frame and the flat washer.  
4
1
2. Secure flat washer and flange head cap screw onto  
pivot rod (Fig. 17).  
3. Connect tipper chain to the front carrier frame (Fig.  
18).  
2
Figure 17  
1. Flange head capscrew  
2. Flat washer  
3. Pivot rod  
4. Thrust washer  
Cutting Units  
Page 7 – 14  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Note: On rear counterbalance spring, make sure that  
the vinyl cover is on prior to reinstalling the spring.  
4. Make sure one end of spring is secured to the spring  
shackle and the other end is hooked into the lift tab hole  
noted in step 6.  
1
RM2600 TIPPER CHAIN  
IS CONNECTED TO THE  
BOTTOM OF THE FRAME  
5. Secure counterbalance spring and lift tab to the car-  
rier frame with the capscrews and lock washers (Fig.  
16).  
2
6. Insert a breaker bar into the square hole in the coun-  
terbalance arm, and pivot the counterbalance arm back  
to its original position aligning the cap screw hole (fig.  
15).  
7. Secure bottom of counter balance arm to frame with  
the bottom capscrew. Tighten top cap screw (Fig. 15)  
Figure 18  
1. Tipper chain  
2. Carrier frame  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 7 – 15  
Cutting Units  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Bedbar Removal and Installation (Fig. 19 through Fig. 21)  
Bedbar Removal  
2
1. Turn bedknife adjusting handle to loosen bedknife  
to reel contact (Fig. 19).  
3
2. Remove both jam nuts and hex socket set screws  
from the bedbar yoke (Fig. 19)  
3. Unscrew adjusting handle (left–hand threaded) un-  
til it is removed from the cutting unit (Fig. 19).  
6
4. Loosen both adjusting lock nuts on the adjusting  
housing (Fig. 20).  
1
4
5. Remove both carriage bolts and nuts from the ad-  
justing housing (Fig. 20).  
5
6. Remove both carriage bolts and nuts from the bed-  
bar housing. Remove bedbar from the cutting unit (Fig.  
21).  
Figure 19  
7. Remove capscrew, lock washer, flat washer, and  
spacer from the end of the bedbar (Fig. 21).  
1. Adjusting handle  
2. Jam nut  
3. Hex socket set screw  
4. Bedbar yoke  
5. Cutting unit  
6. Pivot hub  
8. Remove adjusting housing and bedbar housing  
from the bed bar. Remove bedbar washer (Fig. 21).  
9. Sharpen or replace bedknife as necessary (see  
Bedknife Replacement and Grinding).  
Bedbar Installation  
1. Inspect flanged bushings and bushing assemblies  
for wear; replace if necessary (Fig. 21).  
2. Clean and apply anti–seize lubricant to both bedbar  
pivots. Install bedbar washer on the bedbar (Fig. 21)  
1
3. Install bedbar adjusting housing and bedbar hous-  
ing on the bed bar. Reinstall spacer, flat washer, lock  
washer, and cap screw on the bedbar (Fig. 21).  
2
3
4. Install bedbar assembly on the cutting unit.  
5. Secure bedbar housing to the cutting unit with both  
carriage bolts and nuts (Fig. 21). Secure adjusting hous-  
ing to the cutting unit with both carriage bolts and nuts  
(Fig. 20).  
Figure 20  
1. Adjusting lock nut  
2. Adjusting housing  
3. Carriage bolt and nut  
9. Tighten jam nuts onto the hex socket set screws.  
The handle should be centered within the bedbar yoke.  
The handle should turn freely with a good solid clicking  
action.  
6. Tighten both adjusting lock nuts on the adjusting  
housing (Fig. 20).  
7. Install adjusting handle on the cutting unit by screw-  
ing it in (Fig. 19).  
10. Adjust bedknife to reel (see Bedknife to Parallel to  
Reel Adjustment).  
8. Apply Never Seize to both hex socket set screws.  
Seat both hex socket set screws into the bedbar yoke  
and tapered seats of the pivot hub with a slight preload  
(Fig. 19).  
Cutting Units  
Page 7 – 16  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3
5
6
13  
7
1
10  
4
12  
2
9
8
10  
11  
9
Figure 21  
1. Carriage bolt and nut  
2. Bedbar housing  
3. Bedbar  
6. Flat washer  
7. Spacer  
8. Bedbar washer  
9. Adjusting housing  
10. Bushing assembly  
11. Flanged bushing  
12. Bedknife screw  
13. Bedknife  
4. Capscrew  
5. Lock washer  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 7 – 17  
Cutting Units  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Bedknife Replacement and Grinding (Fig. 22 and Fig. 23)  
1. Remove bedbar from cutting unit (see Bedbar Re-  
moval and Installation).  
Use a torque wrench  
and bedknife screw tool  
2. Remove bedknife screws and remove bedknife.  
3. Remove all rust, scale and corrosion from bedbar  
surface before installing new bedknife.  
4. Install new bedknife:  
A. Make sure bedbar threads are clean.  
B. Use new screws. Apply anti–seize lubricant to  
screw threads before installing.  
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use an impact wrench .  
C. Tighten screws to a torque of 250 to 300 in–lb  
(288 to 345 kg–cm) working from the center toward  
each end of the bedbar (Fig. 22).  
9
7
5
3
1
2
4
6
8
10  
5. Since there can be variations in the mounting sur-  
face of the bedbar, a new bedknife will not be perfectly  
flat after it is installed. Because of this, it is necessary to  
backlap or grind a new bedknife after installing it to the  
bedbar. Follow the existing angle that was ground into  
the bedknife and grind only enough to make sure the top  
surface is true.  
Tighten screws to a torque of 250 to 300 in–lb  
(288 to 345 kg–cm) starting in the middle of the  
bedknife.  
Figure 22  
Regrinding Bedknife  
Remove bedbar / bedknife assembly from cutting unit  
before attempting to regrind a used bedknife (see Bed-  
bar Removal and Installation).  
Top Face  
Relief Angle  
Note: When grinding, be careful to not overheat the  
bedknife. Remove small amounts of material with each  
pass of the grinder.  
Front  
Face  
Front Angle  
Figure 23  
Note: If the height of cut is 1/2–inch or lower on the  
cutting unit, the front angle can be increased to 30_ for  
improved performance.  
Bedknife Regrinding Specifications  
Relief Angle  
5_  
3_ to 6_  
15_ (see Note above)  
13_ to 17_  
Relief Angle Range  
Front Angle  
Front Angle Range  
Cutting Units  
Page 7 – 18  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Roller Removal and Installation  
Note: This section can be used for both the front and  
rear rollers.  
Roller Removal  
1. Remove both height–of–cut pins and hairpin cotters  
from each roller bracket.  
2
2. Removebothlocknutsfromthecapscrewssecuring  
each angle bracket to the cutting unit.  
1
3. Remove capscrews from both angle brackets and  
the cutting unit.  
5
4. Separate roller assembly, roller brackets, and angle  
brackets from the cutting unit.  
6
7
4
5. Remove roller brackets from the roller assembly.  
10  
3
Roller Installation  
8
11  
9
1. Inspect flanged bushing and bushings for wear; re-  
place if necessary.  
Figure 24  
1. Height–of–cut pin  
2. Hairpin cotter  
3. Roller bracket  
4. Lock nut  
7. Front roller assembly  
8. Flanged bushing  
9. Bushing  
10. Carriage bolt  
11. Lock nut  
Note: The flanged end of the flanged bushing must  
face inside toward the roller when the roller bracket is  
installed onto the cutting unit.  
5. Capscrew  
6. Angle bracket  
Note: A soft hammer may be needed to tap the roller  
bracket into position on the hex adjustment nut of the  
roller.  
6. Mount roller, roller brackets, and angle brackets to  
the cutting unit. Secure roller brackets and angle brack-  
ets to the cutting unit with capscrews.  
2. Insert smaller diameter roller shaft into the flanged  
bushing, bushing, and roller bracket. Make sure hex of  
the roller bracket mates with the hex adjustment nut  
on the roller.  
7. Install both height–of–cut pins and hairpin cotters.  
8. Install both locknuts to the capscrews, and secure  
each angle bracket to the cutting unit.  
3. Insert the other end of the roller shaft into the other  
bushing and roller bracket. Make sure hex of the roller  
bracket mates with the hex adjustment nut on the  
roller.  
9. Adjust roller level (see Height–of–Cut and Leveling  
Both Rollers).  
4. Hold one roller bracket stationary and use the other  
bracket as a wrench to loosen or tighten bearing clear-  
ance. The roller must not exceed 5 in–lb (5.8 kg–cm) rol-  
ling torque and have no bearing end play.  
5. Make sure roller brackets are aligned prior to instal-  
ling them onto the cutting unit. If necessary after bearing  
adjustment, align roller brackets as follows:  
A. Remove roller bracket on the side with the  
flanged bushing.  
B. Replace roller bracket so it is aligned to within  
" one hex flat of the roller adjustment nut.  
C. Align both roller brackets.  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 7 – 19  
Cutting Units  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Roller Bearing and Seal Replacement  
1
5
7
8
9
2
4
3
4
3
6
2
5
9
1
8
7
Figure 25  
1. Adjustment nut  
2. Roller shaft  
3. Grease fitting  
4. Full roller  
5. Outer seal  
6. Shim washer  
7. Bearing cone  
8. Bearing cup  
9. Inner seal  
Note: A rear (full) roller is shown. Bearing and seal  
configurations are the same for full and wiehle rollers.  
The wiehle roller does not have the a inner seal and  
shim washer. The shim washer is not used on all full roll-  
ers.  
4. If disassembling a full roller, pour the oil from inside  
the roller into a suitable container.  
5. Secure roller in a vise.  
6. Remove outer seals and shim washers (if installed).  
7. Remove both bearing cones  
Remove Seals and Bearings  
1. Clean inside roller around both adjusting nuts and  
roller shaft ends. Both areas should be free of dirt and  
debris.  
Note: An electric arc welder can be used to shrink the  
bearing cup to simplify its removal. Only a small arc in  
one location on the cup is required.  
2. Remove an adjusting nut from one end of the roller  
shaft.  
8. Remove both bearing cups from the roller. Remove  
both inner seals (if installed).  
3. Keep roller level and slide the shaft with the remain-  
ing adjusting nut out of the roller.  
9. Discard seals and bearings.  
Cutting Units  
Page 7 – 20 Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Install New Seals and Bearings  
7. Install a bearing cone into the bearing cup at each  
end of the roller shaft. Then install shim washer if it was  
previously installed.  
1. Make sure all parts are clean prior to installing bear-  
ings and seals.  
8. Install outer seal onto each end of the roller shaft.  
Make sure hard surface of seal faces out.  
2. Install inner seals onto both ends of the roller shaft  
(if previously installed).  
9. Slide the roller shaft through the roller.  
3. Press both bearing cups into the roller. Make sure  
narrow end of taper faces inside of the roller.  
10. Install remaining adjustment nut and tighten it to  
seat both bearings. Roller should be rotated to seat both  
bearings.  
4. Keep roller level and secured roller in a vise.  
5. If assembling a full roller, fill the inside of roller tube  
with 6 oz. of SAE 90 oil.  
11. Back off both adjustment nuts to allow the roller to  
spinfreely. Tightenbothadjustmentnutsagaintoamax-  
imum of 5 in–lb (5.8 kg–cm) rolling torque with no bear-  
ing end play.  
6. Pack both bearing cones with No. 2 general pur-  
pose lithium base grease.  
12. Grease both bearings (see Greasing Bearings,  
Bushings, and Pivot Points ).  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 7 – 21  
Cutting Units  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Reel Removal and Bearing Replacement  
8
7
2
5
COVER GASKET  
NOT SHOWN  
6
8
GROOVE SHOWN  
OUT OF POSITION  
2
9
LEFT–HAND SIDE  
7
3
4
FRONT  
Figure 26  
4. Male coupling (LH)  
5. Male coupling (RH)  
6. Capscrew  
1. Cutting unit  
2. Capscrew  
3. Bearing cover  
7. Bearing housing  
8. Bearing  
9. Reel  
Remove Reel  
6. Remove capscrews from both bearing housings.  
Pull bearing housings and bearings from reel.  
1. Remove bedbar assembly from cutting unit (see  
Bedbar Removal and Installation).  
7. Rotate bearings within the bearing housings, and  
remove bearings from both bearing housings through  
the loading grooves.  
2. Remove front roller from cutting unit (see Roller Re-  
moval and Installation).  
8. Remove reel from cutting unit.  
3. Remove capscrews, bearing cover, and cover gas-  
ket from the bearing housing.  
Inspect Reel  
Note: A 3/8–inch drive ratchet with an extension will  
fit into the square hole of the coupling.  
1. Replace reel if the diameter has decreased to the  
service limit (see Reel Grinding Specification in Prepar-  
ing Reel For Grinding)  
4. Unscrew male coupling (LH) from the reel. This  
coupling is left hand threaded.  
2. Replace reel if blades are bent or cracked.  
5. Unscrew male coupling (RH) from the reel. This  
coupling is right hand threaded.  
3. Check for a bent reel shaft by placing the reel shaft  
ends in V–blocks. Replace reel if the reel shaft is bent.  
IMPORTANT: Support reel to prevent it from dropping  
when the bearing housings are removed.  
Cutting Units  
Page 7 – 22  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Install Reel  
1. Inspect bearings and replace if worn or damaged.  
8. Secure bearing housings and bearings on the reel  
shaftendsandcuttingunitwiththecapscrews. Alternate  
evenly between capscrews when when tightening.  
2. Make sure bearing seating surfaces and threads on  
reel shaft ends are clean. Apply anti–seize lubricant to  
both bearing seating surfaces.  
9. Degrease threaded end of male couplings and reel  
shaft. Make sure grease is completely removed  
3. Align reel inside the cutting unit with the bearing  
housing holes. The reel must be positioned so that the  
grooved end of the shaft (left–hand threads) is on the left  
side of the cutting unit (Fig. 26).  
A. Apply removable Loctite 242 or equivalent to the  
threads.  
B. Do not get Loctite on the bearing seal.  
4. Clean inside of the bearing housing before instal-  
ling.  
10. Screw male coupling (RH) from the reel. This cou-  
pling is right hand threaded.  
5. Install bearing into bearing housing as follows:  
A. Load bearing through loading grooves.  
11. Screw male coupling (LH) from the reel. This cou-  
pling is left hand threaded.  
B. Position bearing so its outer grease holes will be  
90_ to the loading grooves.  
12. Torque both couplings from 55 to 65 ft–lb  
(7.6 to 9.0 kg–m).  
13. Install front roller to cutting unit (see Roller Removal  
and Installation).  
C. Rotate bearing inside of the housing so the ex-  
tended part of the inner race is facing the inside of  
the housing.  
14. Install bedbar assembly to cutting unit (see Bedbar  
Removal and Installation).  
6. Side the bearings and bearing housings onto the  
reel shaft.  
15. Complete cutting unit set–up and adjustment se-  
quence (see Adjustments section).  
7. On earlier production models, make sure bearing  
housings are installed with the grease fittings pointing to  
the front of the cutting unit.  
16. Grease both bearings (see Greasing Bearings,  
Bushings, and Pivot Points ).  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 7 – 23  
Cutting Units  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Preparing a Reel for Grinding  
Note: Check to make sure reel bearings are in good  
3. After completing grinding process:  
condition and properly adjusted before grinding reel.  
A. Install front roller and brackets (see Roller Re-  
moval and Installation).  
1. Remove bedbar assembly (see Bedbar Removal  
and Installation).  
B. Install bedbar assembly (see Bedbar Removal  
and Installation).  
2. Remove front roller and brackets (see Roller Re-  
moval and Installation).  
C. Complete cutting unit set–up and adjustment se-  
quence (see Adjustments section).  
Note: Most reel grinders require that the rear roller  
assembly be mounted to the cutting unit for proper sup-  
port in the reel grinder. The rear roller must be parallel  
to the reel shaft to remove taper when grinding, or the  
cutting unit must be aligned so the grinding wheel will  
travel parallel to the reel shaft. This will result in the the  
reel being ground to the desired cylinder shape.  
Reel Grinding Specifications  
Nominal Reel Diameter  
Service Limit Reel Diameter  
Blade Relief Angle  
Relief Angle Range  
Blade Land Width  
7I (178 mm)  
6.2I (158 mm)  
30_  
20_ to 40_  
Note: When grinding, be careful to not overheat the  
reel blades. Remove small amounts of material with  
each pass of the grinder.  
.060I (1.5 mm)  
.050I to .090I (1.3 to 2.3 mm)  
.060I (1.5 mm)  
Land Width Range  
Max. Reel Taper  
BLADE RELIEF ANGLE  
REEL DIAMETER  
BLADE  
LAND  
WIDTH  
D
2
D
1
REEL DIAMETER TAPER = D – D  
1
2
Figure 27  
Cutting Units  
Page 7 – 24  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Fixed Side Plate Installation (Fig. 28 and Fig. 29)  
1. Remove pop rivets and rear height–of–cut plates  
from both sides of the cutting unit (Fig. 28).  
2
6
4
2. Remove lock nuts, capscrews, washers, and both  
links from the cutting unit (Fig. 28).  
3. Align fixed side plate with holes on the cutting unit  
(Fig. 29).  
1
4. Attach new capscrews, washers, and flanged lock  
nuts to the fixed side plate and the cutting unit (Fig. 29).  
5. Tighten lock nuts and capscrews  
3
6. Fasten new height–of–cut plate to the cutting unit  
with new pop rivets (Fig. 29).  
5
Figure 28  
7. Repeat steps 1. through 6. for the other side of the  
cutting unit.  
1. Pop rivet  
2. Height–of–cut plate  
3. Lock nut  
4. Capscrew  
5. Washer  
6. Link  
5
1
6
3
4
2
Figure 29  
1. Fixed side plate  
2. Capscrews  
3. Washers  
4. Flanged lock nut  
5. Height–of–cut plate  
6. Pop rivet  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Page 7 – 25  
Cutting Units  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Skid Kit Installation  
1. Remove front roller from the cutting unit (see Roller  
Removal and Installation).  
2. Align skid slots with the angle bracket holes on the  
cutting unit.  
3. Secure skid to the cutting unit with both flange head  
screws, flat washers, and lock nuts.  
4. Adjust skid height as necessary by loosening lock  
nuts and flange head screws, then retighten fasteners.  
5
4
2
3
1
Figure 30  
1. Skid  
2. Angle bracket holes  
3. Flange head screw  
4. Flat washer  
5. Lock nut  
Cutting Units  
Page 7 – 26  
Reelmaster 2300–D/2600–D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
This page is blank.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Commercial Products  
© The Toro Company  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Craftsman Lawn Mower 10727768 User Manual
Craftsman Lawn Mower 917389010 User Manual
Cub Cadet Lawn Mower 182 User Manual
Husqvarna Lawn Mower 11 User Manual
Poulan Lawn Mower 182490 User Manual
Scag Power Equipment Lawn Mower STC52V 27CV SS User Manual
Scotts Lawn Mower SP6211 User Manual
Snapper Lawn Mower XP21501KWV User Manual
Stiga Lawn Mower 13 2563 13 User Manual
Stiga Lawn Mower 13 6102 16 User Manual